src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         if (attr != other.attr)
  87         {
  88             attr->DecRef();
  89             attr = other.attr;
  90             attr->IncRef();
  91         }
  92         return *this;
  93     }
  94
  95     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
  96     {
  97         if (attr != new_attr)
  98         {
  99             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 100             attr->DecRef();
 101             attr = new_attr;
 102             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 103         }
 104     }
 105
 106     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 107     {
 108         attr->DecRef();
 109     }
 110
 111     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 112     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 113 };
 114
 115 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 116                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 117
 118 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 119
 120 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 121 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 122
 123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 124 // events
 125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 126
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 132 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 133 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 134 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 135 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 136 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 145
 146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 147 // private classes
 148 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 149
 150 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 151 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 152 {
 153 public:
 154     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 155     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 156                     wxWindowID id,
 157                     const wxPoint& pos,
 158                     const wxSize& size,
 159                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 160                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 161         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 162                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 163                    name)
 164     {
 165         m_owner = owner;
 166     }
 167
 168     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 169
 170     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 171
 172 protected:
 173     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 174
 175     wxGrid *m_owner;
 176
 177     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 178     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 179 };
 180
 181 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 182 {
 183 public:
 184     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 185     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 186                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 187
 188 private:
 189     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 190     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 191     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 192
 193     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 194     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 195     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 196 };
 197
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 203     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 204                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 205
 206 private:
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 209     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 210
 211     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 212     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 213     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 214 };
 215
 216
 217 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 218 {
 219 public:
 220     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 221     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 222                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 223
 224 private:
 225     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 228
 229     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 230     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 231     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 232 };
 233
 234 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 235 {
 236 public:
 237     wxGridWindow()
 238     {
 239         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 240         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 241     }
 242
 243     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 244                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 245                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 246                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 247
 248     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 249
 250     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 254     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 255
 256     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 257     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 258     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 259     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 260     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 261     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 262     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 263     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 264
 265     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 266     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 267     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 268 };
 269
 270
 271 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 272 {
 273 public:
 274     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 275         : m_grid(grid),
 276           m_editor(editor),
 277           m_inSetFocus(false)
 278     {
 279     }
 280
 281     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 282     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 283     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 284
 285     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 286
 287 private:
 288     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 289     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 290
 291     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 292     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 293     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 294
 295     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 296     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 297     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 298 };
 299
 300
 301 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 302
 303 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 304     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 305     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 306     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 307 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 308
 309
 310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 311 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 313
 314 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 319     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 320     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 321     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 322
 323 private:
 324     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 325     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 326
 327     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 328 };
 329
 330 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 331 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 332 {
 333 public:
 334     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 335     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 336     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 337
 338     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 339     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 340     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 341
 342 private:
 343     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 344     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 345 };
 346
 347 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 348 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 349 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 350 {
 351 public:
 352     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 353     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 354                            m_colAttrs;
 355 };
 356
 357
 358 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 359 // data structures used for the data type registry
 360 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 361
 362 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 363 {
 364     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 365                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 366                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 367         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 368         {}
 369
 370     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 371     {
 372         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 373         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 374     }
 375
 376     wxString            m_typeName;
 377     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 378     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 379
 380     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 381 };
 382
 383
 384 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 385                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 386
 387
 388 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 389 {
 390 public:
 391   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 392     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 393
 394     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 395                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 396                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 397
 398     // find one of already registered data types
 399     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 400
 401     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 402     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 403     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 404
 405     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 406     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 407     // registered data type and set params for it
 408     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 409
 410     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 411     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 412
 413 private:
 414     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 415 };
 416
 417
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // conditional compilation
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 423 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 424 #endif
 425
 426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 427 // globals
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429
 430 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 431 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 432     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 433     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 434 #endif
 435
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // constants
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 441 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 442
 443 // scroll line size
 444 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 445 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 446 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 447 //
 448 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 449 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 450 //       -- Robin
 451 //
 452 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 453 //       fixing anyhow
 454 //       -- Vadim
 455 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 456 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 457
 458 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 459 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 460 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 461
 462 #if 0
 463 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 464 // private functions
 465 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 466
 467 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 468 {
 469     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 470 }
 471
 472 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 473 {
 474     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 475 }
 476 #endif
 477
 478 // ============================================================================
 479 // implementation
 480 // ============================================================================
 481
 482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 483 // wxGridCellEditor
 484 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 485
 486 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 487 {
 488     m_control = NULL;
 489     m_attr = NULL;
 490 }
 491
 492 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 493 {
 494     Destroy();
 495 }
 496
 497 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 498                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 499                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 500 {
 501     if ( evtHandler )
 502         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 503 }
 504
 505 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 506                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 509     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 510     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 511     if (gridWindow)
 512         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 513
 514     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 515     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 516     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 517
 518     // redraw the control we just painted over
 519     m_control->Refresh();
 520 }
 521
 522 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 523 {
 524     if (m_control)
 525     {
 526         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 527
 528         m_control->Destroy();
 529         m_control = NULL;
 530     }
 531 }
 532
 533 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 534 {
 535     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 536
 537     m_control->Show(show);
 538
 539     if ( show )
 540     {
 541         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 542         if ( attr )
 543         {
 544             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 545             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 546
 547             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 548             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 549
 550 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 551 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 552             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 553             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 554 #endif
 555
 556             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 557             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 558         }
 559     }
 560     else
 561     {
 562         // restore the standard colours fonts
 563         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 564         {
 565             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 566             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 567         }
 568
 569         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 570         {
 571             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 572             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 573         }
 574
 575 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 576 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 577         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 578         {
 579             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 580             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 581         }
 582 #endif
 583     }
 584 }
 585
 586 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 587 {
 588     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 589
 590     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 591 }
 592
 593 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 594 {
 595     event.Skip();
 596 }
 597
 598 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 599 {
 600     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 601     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 602
 603 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 604     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 605     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 606     alt = event.MetaDown();
 607 #endif
 608
 609     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 610     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 611     // through in that case.
 612     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 613         return false;
 614
 615     int key = 0;
 616     bool keyOk = true;
 617
 618 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 619     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 620     // editor.
 621     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 622         return false;
 623 #endif
 624 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 625     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 626     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 627     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 628     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 629     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 630     if (key <= 127)
 631     {
 632         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 633         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 634     }
 635 #else
 636     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 637     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 638 #endif
 639
 640     return keyOk;
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 644 {
 645     event.Skip();
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 649 {
 650 }
 651
 652 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 653
 654 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 655 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 656 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 657
 658 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 659 {
 660     m_maxChars = 0;
 661 }
 662
 663 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 664                                   wxWindowID id,
 665                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 666 {
 667     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 668 }
 669
 670 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 671                                     wxWindowID id,
 672                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 673                                     long style)
 674 {
 675     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
 676
 677     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 678                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 679                                style);
 680
 681     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 682     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 683     {
 684         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 685     }
 686
 687     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 688 }
 689
 690 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 691                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 692 {
 693     // as we fill the entire client area,
 694     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 695 }
 696
 697 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 698 {
 699     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 700
 701     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 702     //
 703     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 704     //
 705 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 706     if (rect.x != 0)
 707     {
 708         rect.x += 1;
 709         rect.y += 1;
 710         rect.width -= 1;
 711         rect.height -= 1;
 712     }
 713 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 714     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 715         rect.x += 2;
 716     else
 717         rect.x += 3;
 718
 719     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 720         rect.y += 2;
 721     else
 722         rect.y += 3;
 723
 724     rect.width -= 2;
 725     rect.height -= 2;
 726 #else
 727     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 728     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 729
 730     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 731         extra_x *= 2;
 732         extra_y *= 2;
 733     #endif
 734
 735     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 736     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 737     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 738     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 739 #endif
 740
 741     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 742 }
 743
 744 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 745 {
 746     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 747
 748     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 749
 750     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 751 }
 752
 753 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 754 {
 755     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 756     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 757     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 758     Text()->SetFocus();
 759 }
 760
 761 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 762 {
 763     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 764
 765     bool changed = false;
 766     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 767     if (value != m_startValue)
 768         changed = true;
 769
 770     if (changed)
 771         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 772
 773     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 774
 775     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 776     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 777
 778     return changed;
 779 }
 780
 781 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 782 {
 783     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 784
 785     DoReset(m_startValue);
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 789 {
 790     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 791     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 792 }
 793
 794 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 795 {
 796     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 797 }
 798
 799 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 800 {
 801     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 802     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 803     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 804     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 805
 806     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 807     wxChar ch;
 808     long pos;
 809
 810 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 811     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 812     if (ch <= 127)
 813         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 814 #else
 815     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 816 #endif
 817
 818     switch (ch)
 819     {
 820         case WXK_DELETE:
 821             // delete the character at the cursor
 822             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 823             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 824                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 825             break;
 826
 827         case WXK_BACK:
 828             // delete the character before the cursor
 829             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 830             if (pos > 0)
 831                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 832             break;
 833
 834         default:
 835             tc->WriteText(ch);
 836             break;
 837     }
 838 }
 839
 840 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 841                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 842 {
 843 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 844     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 845     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 846     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 847     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 848     Text()->SetValue(s);
 849     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 850 #else
 851     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 852     //
 853     event.Skip();
 854 #endif
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 858 {
 859     if ( !params )
 860     {
 861         // reset to default
 862         m_maxChars = 0;
 863     }
 864     else
 865     {
 866         long tmp;
 867         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 868         {
 869             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 870         }
 871         else
 872         {
 873             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 874         }
 875     }
 876 }
 877
 878 // return the value in the text control
 879 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 880 {
 881     return Text()->GetValue();
 882 }
 883
 884 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 885 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 887
 888 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 889 {
 890     m_min = min;
 891     m_max = max;
 892 }
 893
 894 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 895                                     wxWindowID id,
 896                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 897 {
 898 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 899     if ( HasRange() )
 900     {
 901         // create a spin ctrl
 902         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 903                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 904                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 905                                    m_min, m_max);
 906
 907         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 908     }
 909     else
 910 #endif
 911     {
 912         // just a text control
 913         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 914
 915 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 916         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 917 #endif
 918     }
 919 }
 920
 921 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 922 {
 923     // first get the value
 924     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 925     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 926     {
 927         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 928     }
 929     else
 930     {
 931         m_valueOld = 0;
 932         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 933         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 934         {
 935             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 936             return;
 937         }
 938     }
 939
 940 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 941     if ( HasRange() )
 942     {
 943         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 944         Spin()->SetFocus();
 945     }
 946     else
 947 #endif
 948     {
 949         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 950     }
 951 }
 952
 953 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 954                                      wxGrid* grid)
 955 {
 956     long value = 0;
 957     wxString text;
 958
 959 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 960     if ( HasRange() )
 961     {
 962         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 963         if ( value == m_valueOld )
 964             return false;
 965
 966         text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
 967     }
 968     else // using unconstrained input
 969 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 970     {
 971         const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
 972         text = Text()->GetValue();
 973         if ( text.empty() )
 974         {
 975             if ( textOld.empty() )
 976                 return false;
 977         }
 978         else // non-empty text now (maybe 0)
 979         {
 980             if ( !text.ToLong(&value) )
 981                 return false;
 982
 983             // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is
 984             // "0" something still did change
 985             if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) )
 986                 return false;
 987         }
 988     }
 989
 990     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
 991     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 992         table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 993     else
 994         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
 995
 996     return true;
 997 }
 998
 999 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
1000 {
1001 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1002     if ( HasRange() )
1003     {
1004         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1005     }
1006     else
1007 #endif
1008     {
1009         DoReset(GetString());
1010     }
1011 }
1012
1013 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1014 {
1015     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1016     {
1017         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1018         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1019              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1020         {
1021             return true;
1022         }
1023     }
1024
1025     return false;
1026 }
1027
1028 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1029 {
1030     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1031     if ( !HasRange() )
1032     {
1033         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1034         {
1035             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1036
1037             // skip Skip() below
1038             return;
1039         }
1040     }
1041 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1042     else
1043     {
1044         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1045         {
1046             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1047             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1048             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1049             return;
1050         }
1051     }
1052 #endif
1053
1054     event.Skip();
1055 }
1056
1057 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1058 {
1059     if ( !params )
1060     {
1061         // reset to default
1062         m_min =
1063         m_max = -1;
1064     }
1065     else
1066     {
1067         long tmp;
1068         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1069         {
1070             m_min = (int)tmp;
1071
1072             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1073             {
1074                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1075
1076                 // skip the error message below
1077                 return;
1078             }
1079         }
1080
1081         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1082     }
1083 }
1084
1085 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1086 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1087 {
1088     wxString s;
1089
1090 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1091     if ( HasRange() )
1092     {
1093         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1094         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1095     }
1096     else
1097 #endif
1098     {
1099         s = Text()->GetValue();
1100     }
1101
1102     return s;
1103 }
1104
1105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1106 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1110 {
1111     m_width = width;
1112     m_precision = precision;
1113 }
1114
1115 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1116                                    wxWindowID id,
1117                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1118 {
1119     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1120
1121 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1122     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1123 #endif
1124 }
1125
1126 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1127 {
1128     // first get the value
1129     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1130     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1131     {
1132         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1133     }
1134     else
1135     {
1136         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1137
1138         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1139         if ( !value.empty() )
1140         {
1141             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1142             {
1143                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1144                 return;
1145             }
1146         }
1147     }
1148
1149     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1150 }
1151
1152 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1153 {
1154     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1155                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1156
1157     double value;
1158     if ( !text.empty() )
1159     {
1160         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1161             return false;
1162     }
1163     else // new value is empty string
1164     {
1165         if ( textOld.empty() )
1166             return false;           // nothing changed
1167
1168         value = 0.;
1169     }
1170
1171     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1172     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1173     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1174         return false;           // nothing changed
1175
1176     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1177
1178     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1179         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1180     else
1181         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1182
1183     return true;
1184 }
1185
1186 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1187 {
1188     DoReset(GetString());
1189 }
1190
1191 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1192 {
1193     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1194     char tmpbuf[2];
1195     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1196     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1197     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1198
1199 #if wxUSE_INTL
1200     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1201        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1202 #else
1203     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1204 #endif
1205
1206     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1207          || is_decimal_point )
1208     {
1209         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1210
1211         // skip Skip() below
1212         return;
1213     }
1214
1215     event.Skip();
1216 }
1217
1218 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1219 {
1220     if ( !params )
1221     {
1222         // reset to default
1223         m_width =
1224         m_precision = -1;
1225     }
1226     else
1227     {
1228         long tmp;
1229         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1230         {
1231             m_width = (int)tmp;
1232
1233             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1234             {
1235                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1236
1237                 // skip the error message below
1238                 return;
1239             }
1240         }
1241
1242         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1243     }
1244 }
1245
1246 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1247 {
1248     wxString fmt;
1249     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1250     {
1251         // default precision
1252         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1253     }
1254     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1255     {
1256         // default width
1257         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1258     }
1259     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1260     {
1261         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1262     }
1263     else
1264     {
1265         // default width/precision
1266         fmt = _T("%f");
1267     }
1268
1269     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1270 }
1271
1272 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1273 {
1274     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1275     {
1276         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1277         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1278         {
1279             char tmpbuf[2];
1280             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1281             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1282             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1283
1284 #if wxUSE_INTL
1285             const wxString decimalPoint =
1286                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1287 #else
1288             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1289 #endif
1290
1291             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1292             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1293                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1294                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1295                             keycode == '+' ||
1296                                 keycode == '-' )
1297             {
1298                 return true;
1299             }
1300         }
1301     }
1302
1303     return false;
1304 }
1305
1306 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1307
1308 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1309
1310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1311 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1313
1314 // the default values for GetValue()
1315 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1316
1317 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1318                                   wxWindowID id,
1319                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1320 {
1321     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1322                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1323                                wxNO_BORDER);
1324
1325     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1326 }
1327
1328 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1329 {
1330     bool resize = false;
1331     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1332     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1333
1334     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1335     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1336     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1337     {
1338         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1339         size = sizeBest;
1340
1341         resize = true;
1342     }
1343
1344     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1345     {
1346         // leave 1 pixel margin
1347         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1348
1349         resize = true;
1350     }
1351
1352     if ( resize )
1353     {
1354         m_control->SetSize(size);
1355     }
1356
1357     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1358
1359 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1360     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1361     // so shift it to the right
1362     size.x -= 8;
1363 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1364     // here too, but in other way
1365     size.x += 1;
1366     size.y -= 2;
1367 #endif
1368
1369     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1370     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1371     if (GetCellAttr())
1372         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1373
1374     int x = 0, y = 0;
1375     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1376     {
1377         x = r.x + 2;
1378
1379 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1380         x += 2;
1381 #endif
1382
1383         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1384     }
1385     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1386     {
1387         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1388         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1389     }
1390     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1391     {
1392         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1393         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1394     }
1395
1396     m_control->Move(x, y);
1397 }
1398
1399 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1400 {
1401     m_control->Show(show);
1402
1403     if ( show )
1404     {
1405         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1406         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1407     }
1408 }
1409
1410 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1411 {
1412     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1413                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1414
1415     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1416     {
1417         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1418     }
1419     else
1420     {
1421         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1422
1423         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1424             m_startValue = false;
1425         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1426             m_startValue = true;
1427         else
1428         {
1429             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1430             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1431             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1432             // know about it
1433             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1434         }
1435     }
1436
1437     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1438     CBox()->SetFocus();
1439 }
1440
1441 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1442                                    wxGrid* grid)
1443 {
1444     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1445                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1446
1447     bool changed = false;
1448     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1449     if ( value != m_startValue )
1450         changed = true;
1451
1452     if ( changed )
1453     {
1454         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1455         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1456             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1457         else
1458             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1459     }
1460
1461     return changed;
1462 }
1463
1464 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1465 {
1466     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1467                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1468
1469     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1470 }
1471
1472 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1473 {
1474     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1475 }
1476
1477 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1478 {
1479     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1480     {
1481         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1482         switch ( keycode )
1483         {
1484             case WXK_SPACE:
1485             case '+':
1486             case '-':
1487                 return true;
1488         }
1489     }
1490
1491     return false;
1492 }
1493
1494 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1495 {
1496     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1497     switch ( keycode )
1498     {
1499         case WXK_SPACE:
1500             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1501             break;
1502
1503         case '+':
1504             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1505             break;
1506
1507         case '-':
1508             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1509             break;
1510     }
1511 }
1512
1513 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1514 {
1515   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1516 }
1517
1518 /* static */ void
1519 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1520                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1521 {
1522     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1523     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1524 }
1525
1526 /* static */ bool
1527 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1528 {
1529     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1530 }
1531
1532 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1533
1534 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1535
1536 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1537 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1538 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1539
1540 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1541                                                bool allowOthers)
1542     : m_choices(choices),
1543       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1544
1545 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1546                                                const wxString choices[],
1547                                                bool allowOthers)
1548                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1549 {
1550     if ( count )
1551     {
1552         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1553         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1554         {
1555             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1556         }
1557     }
1558 }
1559
1560 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1561 {
1562     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1563     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1564     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1565
1566     return editor;
1567 }
1568
1569 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1570                                     wxWindowID id,
1571                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1572 {
1573     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1574                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1575                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1576
1577     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1578         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1579     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1580                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1581                                m_choices,
1582                                style);
1583
1584     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1585 }
1586
1587 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1588                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1589 {
1590     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1591     // flicker
1592
1593     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1594     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1595     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1596     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1600 {
1601     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1602                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1603
1604     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1605     if (m_control)
1606         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1607
1608     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1609     if (evtHandler)
1610         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1611
1612     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1613
1614     Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue
1615
1616     Combo()->SetFocus();
1617
1618     if (evtHandler)
1619     {
1620         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1621         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1622 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1623         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1624 #endif
1625     }
1626 }
1627
1628 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1629                                      wxGrid* grid)
1630 {
1631     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1632     if ( value == m_startValue )
1633         return false;
1634
1635     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1636
1637     return true;
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1641 {
1642     if (m_allowOthers)
1643     {
1644         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1645         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1646     }
1647     else // the combobox is read-only
1648     {
1649         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1650         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1651         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1652             pos = 0;
1653         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1654     }
1655 }
1656
1657 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1658 {
1659     if ( !params )
1660     {
1661         // what can we do?
1662         return;
1663     }
1664
1665     m_choices.Empty();
1666
1667     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1668     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1669     {
1670         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1671     }
1672 }
1673
1674 // return the value in the text control
1675 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1676 {
1677   return Combo()->GetValue();
1678 }
1679
1680 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1681
1682 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1684 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1685
1686 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1687 {
1688     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1689     if (m_inSetFocus)
1690         return;
1691
1692     // accept changes
1693     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1694
1695     event.Skip();
1696 }
1697
1698 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1699 {
1700     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1701     {
1702         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1703             m_editor->Reset();
1704             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1705             break;
1706
1707         case WXK_TAB:
1708             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1709             break;
1710
1711         case WXK_RETURN:
1712         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1713             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1714                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1715             break;
1716
1717         default:
1718             event.Skip();
1719             break;
1720     }
1721 }
1722
1723 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1724 {
1725     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1726     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1727     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1728     int cw, ch;
1729     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1730
1731     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1732     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1733
1734     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1735     {
1736         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1737         case WXK_TAB:
1738         case WXK_RETURN:
1739         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1740             break;
1741
1742         case WXK_HOME:
1743         {
1744             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1745             {
1746                 // no special processing needed...
1747                 event.Skip();
1748                 break;
1749             }
1750
1751             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1752
1753             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1754             int colXPos = 0;
1755             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1756             {
1757                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1758             }
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             if (col != 0)
1763             {
1764                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1765             }
1766             else
1767             {
1768                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1769             }
1770             event.Skip();
1771             break;
1772         }
1773
1774         case WXK_END:
1775         {
1776             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1777             {
1778                 // no special processing needed...
1779                 event.Skip();
1780                 break;
1781             }
1782
1783             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1784
1785             int textWidth = 0;
1786             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1787             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1788             {
1789                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1790                 int y;
1791                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1792                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1793
1794                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1795                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1796
1797                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1798                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1799                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1800                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1801                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1802                 {
1803                     textWidth = 0;
1804                 }
1805             }
1806
1807             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1808             int colXPos = 0;
1809             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1810             {
1811                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1812             }
1813
1814             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1815             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1816             colXPos += textWidth;
1817
1818             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1819             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1820             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1821             event.Skip();
1822             break;
1823         }
1824
1825         default:
1826             event.Skip();
1827             break;
1828     }
1829 }
1830
1831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1832 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1833 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1835
1836 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1837 {
1838     // nothing to do
1839 }
1840
1841 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1842 {
1843 }
1844
1845 // ============================================================================
1846 // renderer classes
1847 // ============================================================================
1848
1849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1850 // wxGridCellRenderer
1851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1852
1853 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1854                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1855                               wxDC& dc,
1856                               const wxRect& rect,
1857                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1858                               bool isSelected)
1859 {
1860     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1861
1862     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1863     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1864     {
1865         if ( isSelected )
1866         {
1867             wxColour clr;
1868             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1869                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1870             else
1871                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1872             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1873         }
1874         else
1875         {
1876             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1877         }
1878     }
1879     else
1880     {
1881         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1882     }
1883
1884     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1885     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1886 }
1887
1888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1889 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1891
1892 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1893                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1894                                                      wxDC& dc,
1895                                                      bool isSelected)
1896 {
1897     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1898
1899     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1900
1901     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1902     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1903     {
1904         if ( isSelected )
1905         {
1906             wxColour clr;
1907             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1908                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1909             else
1910                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1911             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1912             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1913         }
1914         else
1915         {
1916             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1917             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1918         }
1919     }
1920     else
1921     {
1922         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1923         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1924     }
1925
1926     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1927 }
1928
1929 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1930                                                wxDC& dc,
1931                                                const wxString& text)
1932 {
1933     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1934     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1935     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1936     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1937     {
1938         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1939         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1940     }
1941
1942     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1943
1944     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1945 }
1946
1947 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1948                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1949                                              wxDC& dc,
1950                                              int row, int col)
1951 {
1952     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1953 }
1954
1955 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1956                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1957                                     wxDC& dc,
1958                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1959                                     int row, int col,
1960                                     bool isSelected)
1961 {
1962     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1963     rect.Inflate(-1);
1964
1965     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1966     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1967
1968     int hAlign, vAlign;
1969     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1970
1971     int overflowCols = 0;
1972
1973     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1974     {
1975         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1976         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1977         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1978         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1979         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1980         {
1981             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1982             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1983             {
1984                 bool is_empty = true;
1985                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1986                 {
1987                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1988                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1989                     if (c_rows > 0)
1990                         c_rows = 0;
1991                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1992                     {
1993                         is_empty = false;
1994                         break;
1995                     }
1996                 }
1997
1998                 if (is_empty)
1999                 {
2000                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
2001                 }
2002                 else
2003                 {
2004                     i--;
2005                     break;
2006                 }
2007
2008                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
2009                     break;
2010             }
2011
2012             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2013             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2014                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2015         }
2016
2017         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2018         {
2019             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2020             wxRect clip = rect;
2021             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2022             // draw each overflow cell individually
2023             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2024             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2025                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2026             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2027             {
2028                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2029                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2030                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2031
2032                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2033                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2034
2035                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2036                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2037                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2038             }
2039
2040             rect = rectCell;
2041             rect.Inflate(-1);
2042             rect.width++;
2043             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2044         }
2045     }
2046
2047     // now we only have to draw the text
2048     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2049
2050     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2051                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2052 }
2053
2054 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2055 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2056 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2057
2058 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2061     wxString text;
2062     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2063     {
2064         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2065     }
2066     else
2067     {
2068         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2069     }
2070
2071     return text;
2072 }
2073
2074 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2075                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2076                                     wxDC& dc,
2077                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2078                                     int row, int col,
2079                                     bool isSelected)
2080 {
2081     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2082
2083     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2084
2085     // draw the text right aligned by default
2086     int hAlign, vAlign;
2087     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2088     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2089
2090     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2091     rect.Inflate(-1);
2092
2093     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2094 }
2095
2096 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2097                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2098                                              wxDC& dc,
2099                                              int row, int col)
2100 {
2101     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2102 }
2103
2104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2105 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2107
2108 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2109 {
2110     SetWidth(width);
2111     SetPrecision(precision);
2112 }
2113
2114 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2115 {
2116     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2117     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2118     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2119     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2120
2121     return renderer;
2122 }
2123
2124 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2125 {
2126     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2127
2128     bool hasDouble;
2129     double val;
2130     wxString text;
2131     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2132     {
2133         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2134         hasDouble = true;
2135     }
2136     else
2137     {
2138         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2139         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2140     }
2141
2142     if ( hasDouble )
2143     {
2144         if ( !m_format )
2145         {
2146             if ( m_width == -1 )
2147             {
2148                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2149                 {
2150                     // default width/precision
2151                     m_format = _T("%f");
2152                 }
2153                 else
2154                 {
2155                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2156                 }
2157             }
2158             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2159             {
2160                 // default precision
2161                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2162             }
2163             else
2164             {
2165                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2166             }
2167         }
2168
2169         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2170
2171     }
2172     //else: text already contains the string
2173
2174     return text;
2175 }
2176
2177 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2178                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2179                                    wxDC& dc,
2180                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2181                                    int row, int col,
2182                                    bool isSelected)
2183 {
2184     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2185
2186     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2187
2188     // draw the text right aligned by default
2189     int hAlign, vAlign;
2190     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2191     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2192
2193     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2194     rect.Inflate(-1);
2195
2196     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2197 }
2198
2199 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2200                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2201                                             wxDC& dc,
2202                                             int row, int col)
2203 {
2204     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2205 }
2206
2207 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2208 {
2209     if ( !params )
2210     {
2211         // reset to defaults
2212         SetWidth(-1);
2213         SetPrecision(-1);
2214     }
2215     else
2216     {
2217         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2218         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2219         {
2220             long width;
2221             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2222             {
2223                 SetWidth((int)width);
2224             }
2225             else
2226             {
2227                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2228             }
2229         }
2230
2231         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2232         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2233         {
2234             long precision;
2235             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2236             {
2237                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2238             }
2239             else
2240             {
2241                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2242             }
2243         }
2244     }
2245 }
2246
2247 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2248 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2250
2251 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2252
2253 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2254
2255 // between checkmark and box
2256 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2257
2258 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2259                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2260                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2261                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2262                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2263 {
2264     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2265     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2266     {
2267         // get checkbox size
2268         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2269         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2270         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2271
2272 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2273         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2274 #endif
2275
2276         delete checkbox;
2277
2278         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2279     }
2280
2281     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2282 }
2283
2284 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2285                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2286                                   wxDC& dc,
2287                                   const wxRect& rect,
2288                                   int row, int col,
2289                                   bool isSelected)
2290 {
2291     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2292
2293     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2294     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2295
2296     // don't draw outside the cell
2297     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2298     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2299     {
2300         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2301         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2302     }
2303
2304     // draw a border around checkmark
2305     int vAlign, hAlign;
2306     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2307
2308     wxRect rectBorder;
2309     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2310     {
2311         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2312         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2313         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2314         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2315     }
2316     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2317     {
2318         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2319         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2320         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2321         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2322     }
2323     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2324     {
2325         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2326         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2327         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2328         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2329     }
2330
2331     bool value;
2332     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2333     {
2334         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2335     }
2336     else
2337     {
2338         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2339         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2340     }
2341
2342     int flags = 0;
2343     if (value)
2344         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2345
2346     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2347 }
2348
2349 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2350 // wxGridCellAttr
2351 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2352
2353 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2354 {
2355     m_nRef = 1;
2356
2357     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2358
2359     m_renderer = NULL;
2360     m_editor = NULL;
2361
2362     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2363
2364     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2365     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2366
2367     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2368 }
2369
2370 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2371 {
2372     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2373
2374     if ( HasTextColour() )
2375         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2376     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2377         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2378     if ( HasFont() )
2379         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2380     if ( HasAlignment() )
2381         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2382
2383     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2384
2385     if ( m_renderer )
2386     {
2387         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2388         m_renderer->IncRef();
2389     }
2390     if ( m_editor )
2391     {
2392         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2393         m_editor->IncRef();
2394     }
2395
2396     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2397         attr->SetReadOnly();
2398
2399     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2400     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2401
2402     return attr;
2403 }
2404
2405 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2406 {
2407     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2408         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2409     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2410         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2411     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2412         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2413     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2414     {
2415         int hAlign, vAlign;
2416         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2417         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2418     }
2419     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2420         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2421
2422     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2423     // m_renderer/m_editor
2424     //
2425     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2426     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2427     {
2428         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2429         m_renderer->IncRef();
2430     }
2431     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2432     {
2433         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2434         m_editor->IncRef();
2435     }
2436     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2437         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2438
2439     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2440         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2441
2442     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2443 }
2444
2445 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2446 {
2447     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2448
2449     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2450     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2451     // set to negative or zero values such that
2452     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2453     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2454
2455     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2456
2457     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2458                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2459                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2460                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2461
2462     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2463     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2464 }
2465
2466 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2467 {
2468     if (HasTextColour())
2469     {
2470         return m_colText;
2471     }
2472     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2473     {
2474         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2475     }
2476     else
2477     {
2478         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2479         return wxNullColour;
2480     }
2481 }
2482
2483 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2484 {
2485     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2486     {
2487         return m_colBack;
2488     }
2489     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2490     {
2491         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2492     }
2493     else
2494     {
2495         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2496         return wxNullColour;
2497     }
2498 }
2499
2500 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2501 {
2502     if (HasFont())
2503     {
2504         return m_font;
2505     }
2506     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2507     {
2508         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2509     }
2510     else
2511     {
2512         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2513         return wxNullFont;
2514     }
2515 }
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2518 {
2519     if (HasAlignment())
2520     {
2521         if ( hAlign )
2522             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2523         if ( vAlign )
2524             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2525     }
2526     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2527     {
2528         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2529     }
2530     else
2531     {
2532         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2533     }
2534 }
2535
2536 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2537 {
2538     if ( num_rows )
2539         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2540     if ( num_cols )
2541         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2542 }
2543
2544 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2545 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2546 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2547 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2548 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2549 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2550
2551 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2552 {
2553     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2554
2555     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2556     {
2557         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2558         renderer = m_renderer;
2559         renderer->IncRef();
2560     }
2561     else // no non-default cell renderer
2562     {
2563         // get default renderer for the data type
2564         if ( grid )
2565         {
2566             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2567             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2568         }
2569
2570         if ( renderer == NULL )
2571         {
2572             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2573             {
2574                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2575                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2576                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2577             }
2578             else // default grid attr
2579             {
2580                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2581                 renderer = m_renderer;
2582                 if ( renderer )
2583                     renderer->IncRef();
2584             }
2585         }
2586     }
2587
2588     // we're supposed to always find something
2589     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2590
2591     return renderer;
2592 }
2593
2594 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2595 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2596 {
2597     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2598
2599     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2600     {
2601         // use the cells editor if it has one
2602         editor = m_editor;
2603         editor->IncRef();
2604     }
2605     else // no non default cell editor
2606     {
2607         // get default editor for the data type
2608         if ( grid )
2609         {
2610             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2611             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2612         }
2613
2614         if ( editor == NULL )
2615         {
2616             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2617             {
2618                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2619                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2620                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2621             }
2622             else // default grid attr
2623             {
2624                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2625                 editor = m_editor;
2626                 if ( editor )
2627                     editor->IncRef();
2628             }
2629         }
2630     }
2631
2632     // we're supposed to always find something
2633     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2634
2635     return editor;
2636 }
2637
2638 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2639 // wxGridCellAttrData
2640 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2641
2642 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2643 {
2644     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
2645     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
2646     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
2647     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2648     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2649     {
2650         if ( attr )
2651         {
2652             // add the attribute
2653             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2654         }
2655         //else: nothing to do
2656     }
2657     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2658     {
2659         if ( attr )
2660         {
2661             // change the attribute
2662             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
2663         }
2664         else
2665         {
2666             // remove this attribute
2667             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2668         }
2669     }
2670 }
2671
2672 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2673 {
2674     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2675
2676     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2677     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2678     {
2679         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2680         attr->IncRef();
2681     }
2682
2683     return attr;
2684 }
2685
2686 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2687 {
2688     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2689     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2690     {
2691         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2692         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2693         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2694         {
2695             if (numRows > 0)
2696             {
2697                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2698                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2699             }
2700             else if (numRows < 0)
2701             {
2702                 // If rows deleted ...
2703                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2704                 {
2705                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2706                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2707                 }
2708                 else
2709                 {
2710                     // ...or remove the attribute
2711                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2712                     n--;
2713                     count--;
2714                 }
2715             }
2716         }
2717     }
2718 }
2719
2720 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2721 {
2722     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2723     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2724     {
2725         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2726         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2727         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2728         {
2729             if ( numCols > 0 )
2730             {
2731                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2732                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2733             }
2734             else if (numCols < 0)
2735             {
2736                 // If rows deleted ...
2737                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2738                 {
2739                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2740                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2741                 }
2742                 else
2743                 {
2744                     // ...or remove the attribute
2745                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2746                     n--;
2747                     count--;
2748                 }
2749             }
2750         }
2751     }
2752 }
2753
2754 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2755 {
2756     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2757     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2758     {
2759         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2760         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2761         {
2762             return n;
2763         }
2764     }
2765
2766     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2767 }
2768
2769 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2770 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2771 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2772
2773 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2774 {
2775     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2776     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2777     {
2778         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2779     }
2780 }
2781
2782 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2783 {
2784     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2785
2786     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2787     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2788     {
2789         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2790         attr->IncRef();
2791     }
2792
2793     return attr;
2794 }
2795
2796 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2797 {
2798     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2799     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2800     {
2801         if ( attr )
2802         {
2803             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
2804             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
2805             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2806             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2807         }
2808         // nothing to remove
2809     }
2810     else
2811     {
2812         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2813         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
2814             // nothing to do
2815             return;
2816         if ( attr )
2817         {
2818             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
2819             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
2820             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2821             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2822         }
2823         else
2824         {
2825             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
2826             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2827             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2828             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2829         }
2830     }
2831 }
2832
2833 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2834 {
2835     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2836     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2837     {
2838         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2839         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2840         {
2841             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2842             {
2843                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2844                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2845             }
2846             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2847             {
2848                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2849                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2850                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2851                 else
2852                 {
2853                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2854                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2855                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2856                     n--;
2857                     count--;
2858                 }
2859             }
2860         }
2861     }
2862 }
2863
2864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2865 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2866 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2867
2868 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2869 {
2870     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2871 }
2872
2873 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2874 {
2875     delete m_data;
2876 }
2877
2878 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2879 {
2880     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2881 }
2882
2883 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2884                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2885 {
2886     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2887     if ( m_data )
2888     {
2889         switch (kind)
2890         {
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2892                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2893                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2894                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2895                 if (!attr)
2896                 {
2897                     // Basically implement old version.
2898                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2899                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2900                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2901                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2902
2903                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2904                     {
2905                         // Two or more are non NULL
2906                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2907                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2908
2909                         // Order is important..
2910                         if (attrcell)
2911                         {
2912                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2913                             attrcell->DecRef();
2914                         }
2915                         if (attrcol)
2916                         {
2917                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2918                             attrcol->DecRef();
2919                         }
2920                         if (attrrow)
2921                         {
2922                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2923                             attrrow->DecRef();
2924                         }
2925
2926                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2927                         //attr->IncRef();
2928                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2929                     }
2930                     else
2931                     {
2932                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2933                         if (attrrow)
2934                             attr = attrrow;
2935                         if (attrcol)
2936                         {
2937                             if (attr)
2938                                 attr->DecRef();
2939                             attr = attrcol;
2940                         }
2941                         if (attrcell)
2942                         {
2943                             if (attr)
2944                                 attr->DecRef();
2945                             attr = attrcell;
2946                         }
2947                     }
2948                 }
2949                 break;
2950
2951             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2952                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2953                 break;
2954
2955             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2956                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2957                 break;
2958
2959             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2960                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2961                 break;
2962
2963             default:
2964                 // unused as yet...
2965                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2966                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2967                 break;
2968         }
2969     }
2970
2971     return attr;
2972 }
2973
2974 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2975                                      int row, int col)
2976 {
2977     if ( !m_data )
2978         InitData();
2979
2980     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2981 }
2982
2983 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2984 {
2985     if ( !m_data )
2986         InitData();
2987
2988     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2989 }
2990
2991 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2992 {
2993     if ( !m_data )
2994         InitData();
2995
2996     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2997 }
2998
2999 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3000 {
3001     if ( m_data )
3002     {
3003         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
3004
3005         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
3006     }
3007 }
3008
3009 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3010 {
3011     if ( m_data )
3012     {
3013         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3014
3015         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3016     }
3017 }
3018
3019 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3020 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3021 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3022
3023 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3024 {
3025     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3026     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3027         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3028 }
3029
3030 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3031                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3032                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3033 {
3034     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3035
3036     // is it already registered?
3037     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3038     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3039     {
3040         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3041         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3042     }
3043     else
3044     {
3045         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3046     }
3047 }
3048
3049 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3050 {
3051     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3052     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3053     {
3054         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3055         {
3056             return i;
3057         }
3058     }
3059
3060     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3061 }
3062
3063 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3064 {
3065     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3066     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3067     {
3068         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3069         // register it "on the fly"
3070 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3071         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3072         {
3073             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3074                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3075                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3076         }
3077         else
3078 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3079 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3080         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3081         {
3082             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3083                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3084                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3085         }
3086         else
3087 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3088 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3089         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3090         {
3091             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3092                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3093                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3094         }
3095         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3096         {
3097             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3098                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3099                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3100         }
3101         else
3102 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3103 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3104         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3105         {
3106             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3107                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3108                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3109         }
3110         else
3111 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3112         {
3113             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3114         }
3115
3116         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3117         // the last index
3118         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3119     }
3120
3121     return index;
3122 }
3123
3124 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3125 {
3126     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3127     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3128     {
3129         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3130         // are the parameters for the renderer
3131         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3132         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3133         {
3134             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3135         }
3136
3137         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3138         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3139         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3140         rendererOld->DecRef();
3141
3142         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3143         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3144         editor = editor->Clone();
3145         editorOld->DecRef();
3146
3147         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3148         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3149         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3150         editor->SetParameters(params);
3151
3152         // register the new typename
3153         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3154
3155         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3156         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3157     }
3158
3159     return index;
3160 }
3161
3162 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3163 {
3164     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3165     if (renderer)
3166         renderer->IncRef();
3167
3168     return renderer;
3169 }
3170
3171 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3172 {
3173     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3174     if (editor)
3175         editor->IncRef();
3176
3177     return editor;
3178 }
3179
3180 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3181 // wxGridTableBase
3182 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3183
3184 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3185
3186 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3187 {
3188     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3189     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3190 }
3191
3192 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3193 {
3194     delete m_attrProvider;
3195 }
3196
3197 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3198 {
3199     delete m_attrProvider;
3200     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3201 }
3202
3203 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3204 {
3205     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3206     {
3207         // use the default attr provider by default
3208         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3209     }
3210
3211     return true;
3212 }
3213
3214 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3215 {
3216     if ( m_attrProvider )
3217         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3218     else
3219         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3220 }
3221
3222 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3223 {
3224     if ( m_attrProvider )
3225     {
3226         if ( attr )
3227             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3228         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3229     }
3230     else
3231     {
3232         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3233         // free it now
3234         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3235     }
3236 }
3237
3238 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3239 {
3240     if ( m_attrProvider )
3241     {
3242         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3243         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3244     }
3245     else
3246     {
3247         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3248         // free it now
3249         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3250     }
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3254 {
3255     if ( m_attrProvider )
3256     {
3257         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3258         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3259     }
3260     else
3261     {
3262         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3263         // free it now
3264         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3265     }
3266 }
3267
3268 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3269                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3270 {
3271     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3272
3273     return false;
3274 }
3275
3276 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3277 {
3278     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3279
3280     return false;
3281 }
3282
3283 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3284                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3285 {
3286     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3287
3288     return false;
3289 }
3290
3291 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3292                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3293 {
3294     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3295
3296     return false;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3300 {
3301     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3302
3303     return false;
3304 }
3305
3306 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3307                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3308 {
3309     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3310
3311     return false;
3312 }
3313
3314 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3315 {
3316     wxString s;
3317
3318     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3319     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3320     s << row + 1;
3321
3322     return s;
3323 }
3324
3325 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3326 {
3327     // default col labels are:
3328     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3329     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3330     //   etc.
3331
3332     wxString s;
3333     unsigned int i, n;
3334     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3335     {
3336         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3337         col = col / 26 - 1;
3338         if ( col < 0 )
3339             break;
3340     }
3341
3342     // reverse the string...
3343     wxString s2;
3344     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3345     {
3346         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3347     }
3348
3349     return s2;
3350 }
3351
3352 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3353 {
3354     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3355 }
3356
3357 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3358                                      const wxString& typeName )
3359 {
3360     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3361 }
3362
3363 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3364 {
3365     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3366 }
3367
3368 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3369 {
3370     return 0;
3371 }
3372
3373 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3374 {
3375     return 0.0;
3376 }
3377
3378 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3379 {
3380     return false;
3381 }
3382
3383 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3384                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3385 {
3386 }
3387
3388 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3389                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3390 {
3391 }
3392
3393 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3394                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3395 {
3396 }
3397
3398 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3399                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3400 {
3401     return NULL;
3402 }
3403
3404 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3405                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3406                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3407 {
3408 }
3409
3410 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3411 //
3412 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3413 // to the grid view
3414 //
3415
3416 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3417 {
3418     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3419     m_id = -1;
3420     m_comInt1 = -1;
3421     m_comInt2 = -1;
3422 }
3423
3424 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3425                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3426 {
3427     m_table = table;
3428     m_id = id;
3429     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3430     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3431 }
3432
3433 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3434 //
3435 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3436 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3437 //
3438
3439 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3440
3441 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3442
3443 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3444         : wxGridTableBase()
3445 {
3446 }
3447
3448 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3449         : wxGridTableBase()
3450 {
3451     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3452
3453     wxArrayString sa;
3454     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3455     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3456
3457     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3458 }
3459
3460 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3461 {
3462 }
3463
3464 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3465 {
3466     return m_data.GetCount();
3467 }
3468
3469 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3470 {
3471     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3472         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3473     else
3474         return 0;
3475 }
3476
3477 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3478 {
3479     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3480                  wxEmptyString,
3481                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3482
3483     return m_data[row][col];
3484 }
3485
3486 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3487 {
3488     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3489                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3490
3491     m_data[row][col] = value;
3492 }
3493
3494 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3495 {
3496     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3497                  true,
3498                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3499
3500     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3501 }
3502
3503 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3504 {
3505     int row, col;
3506     int numRows, numCols;
3507
3508     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3509     if ( numRows > 0 )
3510     {
3511         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3512
3513         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3514         {
3515             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3516             {
3517                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3518             }
3519         }
3520     }
3521 }
3522
3523 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3524 {
3525     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3526     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3527                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3528
3529     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3530     {
3531         return AppendRows( numRows );
3532     }
3533
3534     wxArrayString sa;
3535     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3536     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3537     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3538
3539     if ( GetView() )
3540     {
3541         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3542                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3543                                 pos,
3544                                 numRows );
3545
3546         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3547     }
3548
3549     return true;
3550 }
3551
3552 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3553 {
3554     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3555     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3556                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3557                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3558
3559     wxArrayString sa;
3560     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3561     {
3562         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3563         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3564     }
3565
3566     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3567
3568     if ( GetView() )
3569     {
3570         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3571                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3572                                 numRows );
3573
3574         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3575     }
3576
3577     return true;
3578 }
3579
3580 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3581 {
3582     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3583
3584     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3585     {
3586         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3587                     (
3588                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3589                         (unsigned long)pos,
3590                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3591                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3592                     ) );
3593
3594         return false;
3595     }
3596
3597     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3598     {
3599         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3600     }
3601
3602     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3603     {
3604         m_data.Clear();
3605     }
3606     else
3607     {
3608         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3609     }
3610
3611     if ( GetView() )
3612     {
3613         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3614                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3615                                 pos,
3616                                 numRows );
3617
3618         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3619     }
3620
3621     return true;
3622 }
3623
3624 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3625 {
3626     size_t row, col;
3627
3628     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3629     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3630                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3631                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3632
3633     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3634     {
3635         return AppendCols( numCols );
3636     }
3637
3638     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3639     {
3640         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3641
3642         size_t i;
3643         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3644             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3645     }
3646
3647     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3648     {
3649         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3650         {
3651             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3652         }
3653     }
3654
3655     if ( GetView() )
3656     {
3657         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3658                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3659                                 pos,
3660                                 numCols );
3661
3662         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3663     }
3664
3665     return true;
3666 }
3667
3668 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3669 {
3670     size_t row;
3671
3672     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3673
3674 #if 0
3675     if ( !curNumRows )
3676     {
3677         // TODO: something better than this ?
3678         //
3679         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3680         return false;
3681     }
3682 #endif
3683
3684     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3685     {
3686         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3687     }
3688
3689     if ( GetView() )
3690     {
3691         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3692                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3693                                 numCols );
3694
3695         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3696     }
3697
3698     return true;
3699 }
3700
3701 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3702 {
3703     size_t row;
3704
3705     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3706     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3707                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3708
3709     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3710     {
3711         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3712                     (
3713                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3714                         (unsigned long)pos,
3715                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3716                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3717                     ) );
3718         return false;
3719     }
3720
3721     int colID;
3722     if ( GetView() )
3723         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3724     else
3725         colID = pos;
3726
3727     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3728     {
3729         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3730     }
3731
3732     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3733     {
3734         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3735         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3736         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3737         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3738         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3739             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3740     }
3741
3742     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3743     {
3744         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3745         {
3746             m_data[row].Clear();
3747         }
3748         else
3749         {
3750             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3751         }
3752     }
3753
3754     if ( GetView() )
3755     {
3756         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3757                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3758                                 pos,
3759                                 numCols );
3760
3761         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3762     }
3763
3764     return true;
3765 }
3766
3767 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3768 {
3769     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3770     {
3771         // using default label
3772         //
3773         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3774     }
3775     else
3776     {
3777         return m_rowLabels[row];
3778     }
3779 }
3780
3781 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3782 {
3783     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3784     {
3785         // using default label
3786         //
3787         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3788     }
3789     else
3790     {
3791         return m_colLabels[col];
3792     }
3793 }
3794
3795 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3796 {
3797     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3798     {
3799         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3800         int i;
3801
3802         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3803         {
3804             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3805         }
3806     }
3807
3808     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3812 {
3813     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3814     {
3815         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3816         int i;
3817
3818         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3819         {
3820             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3821         }
3822     }
3823
3824     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3825 }
3826
3827
3828 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3829 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3830
3831 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3832     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3833 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3834
3835 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3836 {
3837     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3838 }
3839
3840 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3841
3842 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3843     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3844     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3845     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3846 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3847
3848 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3849                                             wxWindowID id,
3850                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3851   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3852 {
3853     m_owner = parent;
3854 }
3855
3856 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3857 {
3858     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3859
3860     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3861     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3862     // set the y coord  - MB
3863     //
3864     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3865
3866     int x, y;
3867     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3868     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3869     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3870
3871     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3872     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3873 }
3874
3875 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3876 {
3877     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3878 }
3879
3880 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3881 {
3882     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3883 }
3884
3885 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3886
3887 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3888
3889 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3890     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3891     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3892     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3893 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3894
3895 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3896                                             wxWindowID id,
3897                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3898   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3899 {
3900     m_owner = parent;
3901 }
3902
3903 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3904 {
3905     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3906
3907     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3908     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3909     // set the x coord  - MB
3910     //
3911     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3912
3913     int x, y;
3914     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3915     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3916     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3917         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3918     else
3919         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3920
3921     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3922     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3928 }
3929
3930 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3931 {
3932     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3933 }
3934
3935 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3936
3937 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3938
3939 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3940     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3941     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3942     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3943 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3944
3945 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3946                                                   wxWindowID id,
3947                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3948   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3949 {
3950     m_owner = parent;
3951 }
3952
3953 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3954 {
3955     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3956
3957     int client_height = 0;
3958     int client_width = 0;
3959     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3960
3961     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3962 #if 0
3963 def __WXGTK__
3964     wxRect rect;
3965     rect.SetX( 1 );
3966     rect.SetY( 1 );
3967     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3968     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3969
3970     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3971 #else // !__WXGTK__
3972     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3973     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3974     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3975     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3976     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3977
3978     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3979     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3980     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3981 #endif
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3987 }
3988
3989 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3990 {
3991     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3992 }
3993
3994 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3995
3996 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3997
3998 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3999     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4000     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4001     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4002     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4003     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4004     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4005     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4006     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4007     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4008 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4009
4010 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4011                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4012                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4013                             wxWindowID id,
4014                             const wxPoint &pos,
4015                             const wxSize &size )
4016             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4017                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
4018                               wxT("grid window") )
4019 {
4020     m_owner = parent;
4021     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4022     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4023 }
4024
4025 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4026 {
4027     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4028     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4029     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4030     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4031     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4032
4033 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4034     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4035 #endif
4036
4037     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4038     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4039 }
4040
4041 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4042 {
4043     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4044     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4045     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4046 }
4047
4048 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4049 {
4050     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4051         SetFocus();
4052
4053     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4054 }
4055
4056 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4057 {
4058     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4059 }
4060
4061 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4062 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4063 //
4064 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4065 {
4066     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4067         event.Skip();
4068 }
4069
4070 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4071 {
4072     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4073         event.Skip();
4074 }
4075
4076 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4077 {
4078     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4079         event.Skip();
4080 }
4081
4082 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4083 {
4084 }
4085
4086 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4087 {
4088     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4089     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4090     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4091     {
4092         Refresh();
4093     }
4094     else
4095     {
4096         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4097         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4098         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4099         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4100         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4101         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4102
4103         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4104         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4105                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4106         const wxRect cursor =
4107             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4108         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4109     }
4110
4111     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4112         event.Skip();
4113 }
4114
4115 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4116
4117 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4118 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4119 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4120 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4121
4122 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4123
4124 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4125                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4126                            bool clipToMinMax);
4127
4128 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4129 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4130                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4131                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4132
4133 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4134
4135 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4136 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4137
4138 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4139     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4140     // use them for streaming out
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4144     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4145     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4146     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4147
4148     // old style border flags
4149     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4150     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4151     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4152     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4153     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4154     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4155
4156     // standard window styles
4157     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4158     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4159     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4160     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4161     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4162     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4163     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4164     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4165
4166 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4167
4168 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4169
4170 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4171     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4172     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4173 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4174
4175 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4176 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4177
4178 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4179
4180 /*
4181  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4182 */
4183 #else
4184 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4185 #endif
4186
4187 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4188     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4189     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4190     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4191     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4192     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4193     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4194 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4195
4196 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4197 {
4198     InitVars();
4199 }
4200
4201 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4202                  wxWindowID id,
4203                  const wxPoint& pos,
4204                  const wxSize& size,
4205                  long style,
4206                  const wxString& name )
4207 {
4208     InitVars();
4209     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4210 }
4211
4212 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4213                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4214                           long style, const wxString& name)
4215 {
4216     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4217                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4218         return false;
4219
4220     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4221     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4222
4223     Create();
4224     SetInitialSize(size);
4225     CalcDimensions();
4226
4227     return true;
4228 }
4229
4230 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4231 {
4232     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4233     SetTargetWindow(this);
4234     ClearAttrCache();
4235     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4236
4237 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4238     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4239     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4240                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4241              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4242              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4243 #endif
4244
4245     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4246     // with dangling view pointer
4247     if ( m_ownTable )
4248         delete m_table;
4249     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4250         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4251
4252     delete m_typeRegistry;
4253     delete m_selection;
4254 }
4255
4256 //
4257 // ----- internal init and update functions
4258 //
4259
4260 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4261 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4262 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4263
4264 void wxGrid::Create()
4265 {
4266     // create the type registry
4267     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4268
4269     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4270
4271     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4272
4273     // Set default cell attributes
4274     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4275     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4276     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4277     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4278     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4280
4281 #if _USE_VISATTR
4282     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4283     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4284
4285     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4286     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4287
4288 #else
4289     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4290         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4291     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4292         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4293 #endif
4294
4295     m_numRows = 0;
4296     m_numCols = 0;
4297     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4298
4299     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4300     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4301
4302     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4303     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4304                                               wxID_ANY,
4305                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4306                                               wxDefaultSize );
4307
4308     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4309                                               wxID_ANY,
4310                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4311                                               wxDefaultSize );
4312
4313     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4314                                                     wxID_ANY,
4315                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4316                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4317
4318     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4319                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4320                                   m_colLabelWin,
4321                                   wxID_ANY,
4322                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4323                                   wxDefaultSize );
4324
4325     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4326
4327 #if _USE_VISATTR
4328     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4329     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4330     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4331     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4332 #else
4333     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4334     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4335     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4336     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4337 #endif
4338
4339     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4340     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4341     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4342     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4343     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4344     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4345
4346     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4347     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4348
4349     Init();
4350 }
4351
4352 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4353                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4354 {
4355     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4356                  false,
4357                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4358
4359     m_numRows = numRows;
4360     m_numCols = numCols;
4361
4362     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4363     m_table->SetView( this );
4364     m_ownTable = true;
4365     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4366
4367     CalcDimensions();
4368
4369     m_created = true;
4370
4371     return m_created;
4372 }
4373
4374 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4375 {
4376     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4377                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4378
4379     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4380 }
4381
4382 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4383 {
4384     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4385                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4386
4387     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4388 }
4389
4390 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4391                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4392 {
4393     bool checkSelection = false;
4394     if ( m_created )
4395     {
4396         // stop all processing
4397         m_created = false;
4398
4399         if (m_table)
4400         {
4401             m_table->SetView(0);
4402             if( m_ownTable )
4403                 delete m_table;
4404             m_table = NULL;
4405         }
4406
4407         delete m_selection;
4408         m_selection = NULL;
4409
4410         m_ownTable = false;
4411         m_numRows = 0;
4412         m_numCols = 0;
4413         checkSelection = true;
4414
4415         // kill row and column size arrays
4416         m_colWidths.Empty();
4417         m_colRights.Empty();
4418         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4419         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4420     }
4421
4422     if (table)
4423     {
4424         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4425         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4426
4427         m_table = table;
4428         m_table->SetView( this );
4429         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4430         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4431         if (checkSelection)
4432         {
4433             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4434             // original one current cell and selection regions
4435             // might be invalid,
4436             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4437             m_currentCellCoords =
4438               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4439                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4440             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4441                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4442             {
4443                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4444                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4445             }
4446             else
4447                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4448                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4449                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4450                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4451                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4452         }
4453         CalcDimensions();
4454
4455         m_created = true;
4456     }
4457
4458     return m_created;
4459 }
4460
4461 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4462 {
4463     m_created = false;
4464
4465     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4466     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4467     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4468     m_gridWin = NULL;
4469
4470     m_table = NULL;
4471     m_ownTable = false;
4472
4473     m_selection = NULL;
4474     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4475     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4476     m_winCapture = NULL;
4477 }
4478
4479 void wxGrid::Init()
4480 {
4481     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4482     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4483
4484     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4485     {
4486         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4487     }
4488     else
4489     {
4490         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4491     }
4492
4493     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4494
4495     // init attr cache
4496     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4497     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4498     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4499
4500     // TODO: something better than this ?
4501     //
4502     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4503     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4504
4505     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4506     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4507
4508     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4509     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4510     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4511
4512     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4513     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4514
4515     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4516     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4517
4518 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4519     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4520 #else
4521     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4522 #endif
4523
4524     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4525     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4526     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4527     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4528     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4529
4530     m_canDragColMove = false;
4531
4532     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4533     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4534     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4535     m_canDragColSize = true;
4536     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4537     m_canDragCell = false;
4538     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4539     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4540     m_isDragging = false;
4541     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4542     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4543
4544     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4545
4546     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4547     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4548
4549     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4550
4551     ClearSelection();
4552
4553     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4554     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4555
4556     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4557
4558     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4559     m_batchCount = 0;
4560
4561     m_extraWidth =
4562     m_extraHeight = 0;
4563
4564     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4565     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4566 }
4567
4568 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4569 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4570 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4571 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4572 // arrays at all
4573 //
4574 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4575 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4576 // this is not done currently
4577 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4578
4579 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4580 {
4581     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4582     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4583
4584     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4585     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4586
4587     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4588
4589     int rowBottom = 0;
4590     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4591     {
4592         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4593         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4594     }
4595 }
4596
4597 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4598 {
4599     m_colWidths.Empty();
4600     m_colRights.Empty();
4601
4602     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4603     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4604
4605     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4606
4607     int colRight = 0;
4608     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4609     {
4610         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4611         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4612     }
4613 }
4614
4615 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4616 {
4617     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4618 }
4619
4620 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4621 {
4622     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4623                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4624 }
4625
4626 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4627 {
4628     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4629                                  : m_colRights[col];
4630 }
4631
4632 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4633 {
4634     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4635 }
4636
4637 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4638 {
4639     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4640                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4641 }
4642
4643 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4644 {
4645     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4646                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4647 }
4648
4649 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4650 {
4651     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4652     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4653     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4654
4655     w += m_extraWidth;
4656     h += m_extraHeight;
4657
4658     // take into account editor if shown
4659     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4660     {
4661         int w2, h2;
4662         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4663         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4664         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4665         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4666
4667         // how big is the editor
4668         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4669         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4670         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4671         w2 += x;
4672         h2 += y;
4673         if ( w2 > w )
4674             w = w2;
4675         if ( h2 > h )
4676             h = h2;
4677         editor->DecRef();
4678         attr->DecRef();
4679     }
4680
4681     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4682     int x, y;
4683     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4684
4685     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4686     if ( x >= w )
4687         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4688     if ( y >= h )
4689         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4690
4691     // do set scrollbar parameters
4692     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4693                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4694                    x, y,
4695                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4696
4697     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4698     // still must reposition the children
4699     CalcWindowSizes();
4700 }
4701
4702 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4703 {
4704     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4705
4706     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4707         return;
4708
4709     int cw, ch;
4710     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4711
4712     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4713     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4714     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4715     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4716     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4717     //
4718     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4719     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4720     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4721     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4722     {
4723         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4724         // the fixed size elements
4725         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4726         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4727
4728         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4729
4730         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4731         {
4732             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4733             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4734             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4735             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4736         }
4737     }
4738
4739     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4740     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4741     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4742     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4743     if (gw < 0)
4744         gw = 0;
4745     if (gh < 0)
4746         gh = 0;
4747
4748     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4749         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4750
4751     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4752         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4753
4754     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4755         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4756
4757     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4758         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4759 }
4760
4761 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4762 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4763 //
4764 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4765 {
4766     int i;
4767     bool result = false;
4768
4769     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4770     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4771     ClearAttrCache();
4772
4773     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4774     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4775     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4776     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4777     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4778     HideCellEditControl();
4779
4780 #if 0
4781     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4782     // now
4783     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4784     {
4785         InitColWidths();
4786     }
4787
4788     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4789     {
4790         InitRowHeights();
4791     }
4792 #endif
4793
4794     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4795     {
4796         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4797         {
4798             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4799             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4800
4801             m_numRows += numRows;
4802
4803             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4804             {
4805                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4806                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4807
4808                 int bottom = 0;
4809                 if ( pos > 0 )
4810                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4811
4812                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4813                 {
4814                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4815                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4816                 }
4817             }
4818
4819             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4820             {
4821                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4822                 // cell will be undefined...
4823                 //
4824                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4825             }
4826
4827             if ( m_selection )
4828                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4829             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4830             if (attrProvider)
4831                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4832
4833             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4834             {
4835                 CalcDimensions();
4836                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4837             }
4838         }
4839         result = true;
4840         break;
4841
4842         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4843         {
4844             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4845             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4846             m_numRows += numRows;
4847
4848             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4849             {
4850                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4851                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4852
4853                 int bottom = 0;
4854                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4855                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4856
4857                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4858                 {
4859                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4860                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4861                 }
4862             }
4863
4864             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4865             {
4866                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4867                 // cell will be undefined...
4868                 //
4869                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4870             }
4871
4872             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4873             {
4874                 CalcDimensions();
4875                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4876             }
4877         }
4878         result = true;
4879         break;
4880
4881         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4882         {
4883             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4884             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4885             m_numRows -= numRows;
4886
4887             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4888             {
4889                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4890                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4891
4892                 int h = 0;
4893                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4894                 {
4895                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4896                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4897                 }
4898             }
4899
4900             if ( !m_numRows )
4901             {
4902                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4903             }
4904             else
4905             {
4906                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4907                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4908             }
4909
4910             if ( m_selection )
4911                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4912             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4913             if (attrProvider)
4914             {
4915                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4916
4917 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4918 #if 0
4919                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4920                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4921                 // all column attributes.
4922                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4923                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4924                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4925                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4926 #endif
4927             }
4928
4929             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4930             {
4931                 CalcDimensions();
4932                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4933             }
4934         }
4935         result = true;
4936         break;
4937
4938         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4939         {
4940             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4941             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4942             m_numCols += numCols;
4943
4944             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4945             {
4946                 //Shift the column IDs
4947                 int i;
4948                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4949                 {
4950                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4951                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4952                 }
4953
4954                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4955
4956                 //Set the new columns' positions
4957                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4958                 {
4959                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4960                 }
4961             }
4962
4963             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4964             {
4965                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4966                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4967
4968                 int right = 0;
4969                 if ( pos > 0 )
4970                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4971
4972                 int colPos;
4973                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4974                 {
4975                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4976
4977                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4978                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4979                 }
4980             }
4981
4982             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4983             {
4984                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4985                 // cell will be undefined...
4986                 //
4987                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4988             }
4989
4990             if ( m_selection )
4991                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4992             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4993             if (attrProvider)
4994                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4995             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4996             {
4997                 CalcDimensions();
4998                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4999             }
5000         }
5001         result = true;
5002         break;
5003
5004         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
5005         {
5006             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
5007             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
5008             m_numCols += numCols;
5009
5010             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5011             {
5012                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
5013
5014                 //Set the new columns' positions
5015                 int i;
5016                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
5017                 {
5018                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5019                 }
5020             }
5021
5022             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5023             {
5024                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5025                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5026
5027                 int right = 0;
5028                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5029                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5030
5031                 int colPos;
5032                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5033                 {
5034                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5035
5036                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5037                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5038                 }
5039             }
5040
5041             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5042             {
5043                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5044                 // cell will be undefined...
5045                 //
5046                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5047             }
5048             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5049             {
5050                 CalcDimensions();
5051                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5052             }
5053         }
5054         result = true;
5055         break;
5056
5057         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5058         {
5059             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5060             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5061             m_numCols -= numCols;
5062
5063             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5064             {
5065                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5066
5067                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5068
5069                 //Shift the column IDs
5070                 int colPos;
5071                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5072                 {
5073                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5074                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5075                 }
5076             }
5077
5078             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5079             {
5080                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5081                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5082
5083                 int w = 0;
5084                 int colPos;
5085                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5086                 {
5087                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5088
5089                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5090                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5091                 }
5092             }
5093
5094             if ( !m_numCols )
5095             {
5096                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5097             }
5098             else
5099             {
5100                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5101                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5102             }
5103
5104             if ( m_selection )
5105                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5106             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5107             if (attrProvider)
5108             {
5109                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5110
5111 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5112 #if 0
5113                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5114                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5115                 // all row attributes.
5116                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5117                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5118                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5119                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5120 #endif
5121             }
5122
5123             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5124             {
5125                 CalcDimensions();
5126                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5127             }
5128         }
5129         result = true;
5130         break;
5131     }
5132
5133     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5134         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5135
5136     return result;
5137 }
5138
5139 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5140 {
5141     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5142     wxRect r;
5143
5144     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5145
5146     int top, bottom;
5147     while ( iter )
5148     {
5149         r = iter.GetRect();
5150
5151         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5152         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5153         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5154         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5155         //
5156 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5157         int cw, ch;
5158         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5159         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5160             r.SetTop( 0 );
5161         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5162 #endif
5163
5164         // logical bounds of update region
5165         //
5166         int dummy;
5167         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5168         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5169
5170         // find the row labels within these bounds
5171         //
5172         int row;
5173         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5174         {
5175             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5176                 continue;
5177
5178             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5179                 break;
5180
5181             rowlabels.Add( row );
5182         }
5183
5184         ++iter;
5185     }
5186
5187     return rowlabels;
5188 }
5189
5190 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5191 {
5192     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5193     wxRect r;
5194
5195     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5196
5197     int left, right;
5198     while ( iter )
5199     {
5200         r = iter.GetRect();
5201
5202         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5203         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5204         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5205         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5206         //
5207 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5208         int cw, ch;
5209         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5210         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5211             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5212         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5213 #endif
5214
5215         // logical bounds of update region
5216         //
5217         int dummy;
5218         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5219         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5220
5221         // find the cells within these bounds
5222         //
5223         int col;
5224         int colPos;
5225         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5226         {
5227             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5228
5229             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5230                 continue;
5231
5232             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5233                 break;
5234
5235             colLabels.Add( col );
5236         }
5237
5238         ++iter;
5239     }
5240
5241     return colLabels;
5242 }
5243
5244 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5245 {
5246     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5247     wxRect r;
5248
5249     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5250
5251     int left, top, right, bottom;
5252     while ( iter )
5253     {
5254         r = iter.GetRect();
5255
5256         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5257         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5258         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5259         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5260         //
5261 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5262         int cw, ch;
5263         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5264         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5265         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5266         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5267         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5268 #endif
5269
5270         // logical bounds of update region
5271         //
5272         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5273         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5274
5275         // find the cells within these bounds
5276         //
5277         int row, col;
5278         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5279         {
5280             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5281                 continue;
5282
5283             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5284                 break;
5285
5286             int colPos;
5287             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5288             {
5289                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5290
5291                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5292                     continue;
5293
5294                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5295                     break;
5296
5297                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5298             }
5299         }
5300
5301         ++iter;
5302     }
5303
5304     return cellsExposed;
5305 }
5306
5307
5308 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5309 {
5310     int x, y, row;
5311     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5312     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5313
5314     if ( event.Dragging() )
5315     {
5316         if (!m_isDragging)
5317         {
5318             m_isDragging = true;
5319             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5320         }
5321
5322         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5323         {
5324             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5325             {
5326                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5327                 {
5328                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5329                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5330                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5331
5332                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5333                     PrepareDC( dc );
5334                     y = wxMax( y,
5335                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5336                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5337                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5338                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5339                     {
5340                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5341                     }
5342                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5343                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5344                 }
5345                 break;
5346
5347                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5348                 {
5349                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5350                     {
5351                         if ( m_selection )
5352                         {
5353                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5354                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5355                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5356                                                     event.AltDown(),
5357                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5358                         }
5359                     }
5360                 }
5361                 break;
5362
5363                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5364                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5365                 default:
5366                     break;
5367             }
5368         }
5369         return;
5370     }
5371
5372     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5373         return;
5374
5375     if (m_isDragging)
5376     {
5377         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5378             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5379         m_isDragging = false;
5380     }
5381
5382     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5383     //
5384     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5385     {
5386         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5387     }
5388
5389     // ------------ Left button pressed
5390     //
5391     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5392     {
5393         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5394         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5395         // wanting to resize the row
5396         //
5397         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5398         {
5399             row = YToRow(y);
5400             if ( row >= 0 &&
5401                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5402             {
5403                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5404                     ClearSelection();
5405                 if ( m_selection )
5406                 {
5407                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5408                     {
5409                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5410                                                   0,
5411                                                   row,
5412                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5413                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5414                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5415                                                   event.AltDown(),
5416                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5417                     }
5418                     else
5419                     {
5420                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5421                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5422                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5423                                                 event.AltDown(),
5424                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5425                     }
5426                 }
5427
5428                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5429             }
5430         }
5431         else
5432         {
5433             // starting to drag-resize a row
5434             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5435                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5436         }
5437     }
5438
5439     // ------------ Left double click
5440     //
5441     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5442     {
5443         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5444         if ( row < 0 )
5445         {
5446             row = YToRow(y);
5447             if ( row >=0 &&
5448                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5449             {
5450                 // no default action at the moment
5451             }
5452         }
5453         else
5454         {
5455             // adjust row height depending on label text
5456             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5457
5458             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5459             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5460         }
5461     }
5462
5463     // ------------ Left button released
5464     //
5465     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5466     {
5467         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5468         {
5469             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5470
5471             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5472             // default processing in this case
5473             //
5474             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5475         }
5476
5477         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5478         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5479     }
5480
5481     // ------------ Right button down
5482     //
5483     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5484     {
5485         row = YToRow(y);
5486         if ( row >=0 &&
5487              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5488         {
5489             // no default action at the moment
5490         }
5491     }
5492
5493     // ------------ Right double click
5494     //
5495     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5496     {
5497         row = YToRow(y);
5498         if ( row >= 0 &&
5499              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5500         {
5501             // no default action at the moment
5502         }
5503     }
5504
5505     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5506     //
5507     else if ( event.Moving() )
5508     {
5509         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5510         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5511         {
5512             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5513             {
5514                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5515                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5516                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5517             }
5518         }
5519         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5520         {
5521             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5522         }
5523     }
5524 }
5525
5526 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5527 {
5528     int x, y, col;
5529     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5530     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5531
5532     if ( event.Dragging() )
5533     {
5534         if (!m_isDragging)
5535         {
5536             m_isDragging = true;
5537             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5538
5539             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5540                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5541         }
5542
5543         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5544         {
5545             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5546             {
5547                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5548                 {
5549                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5550                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5551                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5552
5553                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5554                     PrepareDC( dc );
5555
5556                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5557                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5558                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5559                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5560                     {
5561                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5562                     }
5563                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5564                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5565                 }
5566                 break;
5567
5568                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5569                 {
5570                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5571                     {
5572                         if ( m_selection )
5573                         {
5574                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5575                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5576                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5577                                                     event.AltDown(),
5578                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5579                         }
5580                     }
5581                 }
5582                 break;
5583
5584                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5585                 {
5586                     if ( x < 0 )
5587                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5588                     else
5589                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5590
5591                     int markerX;
5592
5593                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5594                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5595                     else
5596                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5597
5598                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5599                     {
5600                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5601
5602                         int cw, ch;
5603                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5604
5605                         markerX++;
5606
5607                         //Clean up the last indicator
5608                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5609                         {
5610                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5611                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5612                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5613                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5614
5615                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5616                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5617                         }
5618
5619                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5620                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5621                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5622                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5623                         {
5624                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5625                             return;
5626                         }
5627
5628                         //Draw the marker
5629                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5630                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5631
5632                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5633
5634                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5635
5636                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5637                     }
5638                 }
5639                 break;
5640
5641                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5642                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5643                 default:
5644                     break;
5645             }
5646         }
5647         return;
5648     }
5649
5650     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5651         return;
5652
5653     if (m_isDragging)
5654     {
5655         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5656             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5657         m_isDragging = false;
5658     }
5659
5660     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5661     //
5662     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5663     {
5664         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5665     }
5666
5667     // ------------ Left button pressed
5668     //
5669     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5670     {
5671         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5672         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5673         // wanting to resize the col
5674         //
5675         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5676         {
5677             col = XToCol(x);
5678             if ( col >= 0 &&
5679                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5680             {
5681                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5682                 {
5683                     //Show button as pressed
5684                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5685                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5686                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5687                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5688                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5689                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5690
5691                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5692                 }
5693                 else
5694                 {
5695                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5696                         ClearSelection();
5697                     if ( m_selection )
5698                     {
5699                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5700                         {
5701                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5702                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5703                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5704                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5705                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5706                                                       event.AltDown(),
5707                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5708                         }
5709                         else
5710                         {
5711                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5712                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5713                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5714                                                     event.AltDown(),
5715                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5716                         }
5717                     }
5718
5719                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5720                 }
5721             }
5722         }
5723         else
5724         {
5725             // starting to drag-resize a col
5726             //
5727             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5728                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5729         }
5730     }
5731
5732     // ------------ Left double click
5733     //
5734     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5735     {
5736         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5737         if ( col < 0 )
5738         {
5739             col = XToCol(x);
5740             if ( col >= 0 &&
5741                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5742             {
5743                 // no default action at the moment
5744             }
5745         }
5746         else
5747         {
5748             // adjust column width depending on label text
5749             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5750
5751             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5752             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5753         }
5754     }
5755
5756     // ------------ Left button released
5757     //
5758     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5759     {
5760         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5761         {
5762             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5763                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5764
5765                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5766                 // default processing in this case
5767                 //
5768                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5769                 break;
5770
5771             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5772                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5773
5774                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5775                 break;
5776
5777             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5778             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5779             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5780             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5781                 // nothing to do (?)
5782                 break;
5783         }
5784
5785         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5786         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5787     }
5788
5789     // ------------ Right button down
5790     //
5791     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5792     {
5793         col = XToCol(x);
5794         if ( col >= 0 &&
5795              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5796         {
5797             // no default action at the moment
5798         }
5799     }
5800
5801     // ------------ Right double click
5802     //
5803     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5804     {
5805         col = XToCol(x);
5806         if ( col >= 0 &&
5807              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5808         {
5809             // no default action at the moment
5810         }
5811     }
5812
5813     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5814     //
5815     else if ( event.Moving() )
5816     {
5817         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5818         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5819         {
5820             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5821             {
5822                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5823                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5824                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5825             }
5826         }
5827         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5828         {
5829             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5830         }
5831     }
5832 }
5833
5834 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5835 {
5836     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5837     {
5838         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5839         // col args == -1
5840         //
5841         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5842         {
5843             SelectAll();
5844         }
5845     }
5846     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5847     {
5848         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5849     }
5850     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5851     {
5852         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5853         {
5854             // no default action at the moment
5855         }
5856     }
5857     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5858     {
5859         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5860         {
5861             // no default action at the moment
5862         }
5863     }
5864 }
5865
5866 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5867 {
5868     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5869     if ( m_winCapture )
5870     {
5871         m_isDragging = false;
5872         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5873         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5874         m_winCapture = NULL;
5875
5876         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5877         Refresh();
5878     }
5879 }
5880
5881 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5882                               wxWindow *win,
5883                               bool captureMouse)
5884 {
5885 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5886     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5887     {
5888         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5889         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5890         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5891         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5892         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5893         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5894     };
5895
5896     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5897                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5898                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5899                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5900                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5901                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5902 #endif
5903
5904     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5905          win == m_winCapture &&
5906          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5907         return;
5908
5909     if ( !win )
5910     {
5911         // by default use the grid itself
5912         win = m_gridWin;
5913     }
5914
5915     if ( m_winCapture )
5916     {
5917         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5918             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5919         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5920     }
5921
5922     m_cursorMode = mode;
5923
5924     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5925     {
5926         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5927             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5928             break;
5929
5930         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5931             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5932             break;
5933
5934         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5935             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5936             break;
5937
5938         default:
5939             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5940             break;
5941     }
5942
5943     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5944     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5945                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5946
5947     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5948     {
5949         win->CaptureMouse();
5950         m_winCapture = win;
5951     }
5952 }
5953
5954 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5955 {
5956     int x, y;
5957     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5958     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5959
5960     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5961     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5962
5963     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5964     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5965     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5966     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5967     {
5968         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5969         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5970     }
5971
5972     if ( event.Dragging() )
5973     {
5974         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5975
5976         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5977         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5978         if (! m_isDragging)
5979         {
5980             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5981             {
5982                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5983                 return;
5984             }
5985             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5986                 return;
5987         }
5988
5989         m_isDragging = true;
5990         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5991         {
5992             // Hide the edit control, so it
5993             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5994             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5995             {
5996                 HideCellEditControl();
5997                 SaveEditControlValue();
5998             }
5999
6000             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6001             {
6002                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6003                 {
6004                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6005                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6006                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
6007                 }
6008                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
6009                 {
6010                     if ( isFirstDrag )
6011                     {
6012                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6013                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6014
6015                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
6016                                    coords.GetRow(),
6017                                    coords.GetCol(),
6018                                    event );
6019                         return;
6020                     }
6021                 }
6022                 else
6023                 {
6024                     if ( !IsSelection() )
6025                     {
6026                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6027                     }
6028                     else
6029                     {
6030                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
6031                     }
6032                 }
6033
6034                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6035                 {
6036                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6037                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6038                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6039                 }
6040             }
6041             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6042             if (! m_winCapture)
6043             {
6044                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6045                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6046             }
6047
6048
6049         }
6050         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6051                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6052         {
6053             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6054             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6055             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6056
6057             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6058             PrepareDC( dc );
6059             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6060                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6061             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6062             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6063             {
6064                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6065             }
6066             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6067             m_dragLastPos = y;
6068         }
6069         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6070                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6071         {
6072             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6073             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6074             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6075
6076             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6077             PrepareDC( dc );
6078             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6079                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6080             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6081             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6082             {
6083                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6084             }
6085             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6086             m_dragLastPos = x;
6087         }
6088
6089         return;
6090     }
6091
6092     m_isDragging = false;
6093     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6094
6095     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6096     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6097     //     wxGTK
6098 #if 0
6099     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6100     {
6101         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6102         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6103     }
6104     else
6105 #endif // 0
6106
6107     // ------------ Left button pressed
6108     //
6109     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6110     {
6111         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6112                        coords.GetRow(),
6113                        coords.GetCol(),
6114                        event ) )
6115         {
6116             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6117                 ClearSelection();
6118             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6119             {
6120                 if ( m_selection )
6121                 {
6122                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6123                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6124                                               coords.GetRow(),
6125                                               coords.GetCol(),
6126                                               event.ControlDown(),
6127                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6128                                               event.AltDown(),
6129                                               event.MetaDown() );
6130                 }
6131             }
6132             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6133                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6134             {
6135                 DisableCellEditControl();
6136                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6137
6138                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6139                 {
6140                     if ( m_selection )
6141                     {
6142                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6143                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6144                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6145                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6146                                                           event.AltDown(),
6147                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6148                     }
6149                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6150                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6151                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6152                 }
6153                 else
6154                 {
6155                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6156                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6157                     if ( m_selection )
6158                     {
6159                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6160                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6161                         {
6162                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6163                         }
6164                     }
6165                 }
6166             }
6167         }
6168     }
6169
6170     // ------------ Left double click
6171     //
6172     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6173     {
6174         DisableCellEditControl();
6175
6176         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6177         {
6178             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6179                              coords.GetRow(),
6180                              coords.GetCol(),
6181                              event ) )
6182             {
6183                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6184                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6185                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6186             }
6187         }
6188     }
6189
6190     // ------------ Left button released
6191     //
6192     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6193     {
6194         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6195         {
6196             if (m_winCapture)
6197             {
6198                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6199                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6200                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6201             }
6202
6203             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6204             {
6205                 ClearSelection();
6206                 EnableCellEditControl();
6207
6208                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6209                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6210                 editor->StartingClick();
6211                 editor->DecRef();
6212                 attr->DecRef();
6213
6214                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6215             }
6216             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6217                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6218             {
6219                 if ( m_selection )
6220                 {
6221                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6222                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6223                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6224                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6225                                               event.ControlDown(),
6226                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6227                                               event.AltDown(),
6228                                               event.MetaDown() );
6229                 }
6230
6231                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6232                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6233
6234                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6235                 // drag-shrinking.
6236                 ShowCellEditControl();
6237             }
6238         }
6239         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6240         {
6241             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6242             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6243
6244             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6245             // default processing in this case
6246             //
6247             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6248         }
6249         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6250         {
6251             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6252             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6253
6254             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6255             // default processing in this case
6256             //
6257             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6258         }
6259
6260         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6261     }
6262
6263     // ------------ Right button down
6264     //
6265     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6266     {
6267         DisableCellEditControl();
6268         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6269                          coords.GetRow(),
6270                          coords.GetCol(),
6271                          event ) )
6272         {
6273             // no default action at the moment
6274         }
6275     }
6276
6277     // ------------ Right double click
6278     //
6279     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6280     {
6281         DisableCellEditControl();
6282         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6283                          coords.GetRow(),
6284                          coords.GetCol(),
6285                          event ) )
6286         {
6287             // no default action at the moment
6288         }
6289     }
6290
6291     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6292     //
6293     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6294     {
6295         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6296         {
6297             // out of grid cell area
6298             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6299             return;
6300         }
6301
6302         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6303         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6304
6305         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6306         // directions is not implemented yet...
6307         //
6308         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6309         {
6310             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6311             return;
6312         }
6313
6314         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6315         {
6316             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6317
6318             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6319             {
6320                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6321                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6322             }
6323         }
6324         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6325         {
6326             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6327
6328             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6329             {
6330                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6331                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6332             }
6333         }
6334         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6335         {
6336             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6337             {
6338                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6339             }
6340         }
6341     }
6342 }
6343
6344 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6345 {
6346     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6347     {
6348         // erase the last line and resize the row
6349         //
6350         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6351         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6352         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6353
6354         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6355         PrepareDC( dc );
6356         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6357         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6358         HideCellEditControl();
6359         SaveEditControlValue();
6360
6361         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6362         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6363                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6364
6365         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6366         {
6367             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6368             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6369             rect.x = 0;
6370             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6371             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6372             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6373             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6374             rect.width = cw;
6375
6376             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6377             if (m_table)
6378             {
6379                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6380                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6381                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6382                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6383                 {
6384                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6385                     {
6386                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6387                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6388                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6389                     }
6390                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6391                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6392                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6393                 }
6394             }
6395             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6396         }
6397
6398         ShowCellEditControl();
6399     }
6400 }
6401
6402
6403 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6404 {
6405     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6406     {
6407         // erase the last line and resize the col
6408         //
6409         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6410         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6411         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6412
6413         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6414         PrepareDC( dc );
6415         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6416         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6417         HideCellEditControl();
6418         SaveEditControlValue();
6419
6420         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6421         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6422                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6423                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6424
6425         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6426         {
6427             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6428             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6429             rect.y = 0;
6430             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6431             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6432             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6433             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6434             rect.height = ch;
6435
6436             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6437             if (m_table)
6438             {
6439                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6440                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6441                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6442                 if (topRow >= 0)
6443                 {
6444                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6445                     {
6446                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6447                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6448                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6449                     }
6450
6451                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6452                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6453                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6454                 }
6455             }
6456
6457             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6458         }
6459
6460         ShowCellEditControl();
6461     }
6462 }
6463
6464 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6465 {
6466     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6467     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6468     {
6469         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6470         return;
6471     }
6472
6473     int newPos;
6474     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6475         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6476     else
6477     {
6478         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6479         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6480             newPos--;
6481     }
6482
6483     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6484 }
6485
6486 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6487 {
6488     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6489     {
6490         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6491
6492         int i;
6493         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6494         {
6495             m_colAt.Add( i );
6496         }
6497     }
6498
6499     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6500
6501     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6502     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6503     {
6504         int i;
6505         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6506         {
6507             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6508         }
6509     }
6510     else
6511     {
6512         int i;
6513         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6514         {
6515             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6516         }
6517     }
6518
6519     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6520
6521     //Recalculate the column rights
6522     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6523     {
6524         int colRight = 0;
6525         int colPos;
6526         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6527         {
6528             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6529
6530             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6531             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6532         }
6533     }
6534
6535     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6536     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6537 }
6538
6539
6540
6541 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6542 {
6543     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6544         return;
6545
6546     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6547
6548     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6549     {
6550         m_colAt.Clear();
6551
6552         //Recalculate the column rights
6553         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6554         {
6555             int colRight = 0;
6556             int colPos;
6557             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6558             {
6559                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6560                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6561             }
6562         }
6563
6564         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6565         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6566     }
6567 }
6568
6569
6570 //
6571 // ------ interaction with data model
6572 //
6573 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6574 {
6575     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6576     {
6577         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6578             return GetModelValues();
6579
6580         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6581             return SetModelValues();
6582
6583         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6584         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6585         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6586         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6587         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6588         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6589             return Redimension( msg );
6590
6591         default:
6592             return false;
6593     }
6594 }
6595
6596 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6597 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6598 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6599 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6600 //
6601 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6602 {
6603     if ( m_table )
6604     {
6605         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6606             DisableCellEditControl();
6607
6608         m_table->Clear();
6609         if (!GetBatchCount())
6610             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6611     }
6612 }
6613
6614 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6615 {
6616     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6617
6618     if ( !m_created )
6619     {
6620         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6621         return false;
6622     }
6623
6624     if ( m_table )
6625     {
6626         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6627             DisableCellEditControl();
6628
6629         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6630         return done;
6631
6632         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6633         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6634     }
6635
6636     return false;
6637 }
6638
6639 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6640 {
6641     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6642
6643     if ( !m_created )
6644     {
6645         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6646         return false;
6647     }
6648
6649     if ( m_table )
6650     {
6651         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6652         return done;
6653
6654         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6655         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6656     }
6657
6658     return false;
6659 }
6660
6661 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6662 {
6663     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6664
6665     if ( !m_created )
6666     {
6667         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6668         return false;
6669     }
6670
6671     if ( m_table )
6672     {
6673         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6674             DisableCellEditControl();
6675
6676         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6677         return done;
6678         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6679         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6680     }
6681
6682     return false;
6683 }
6684
6685 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6686 {
6687     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6688
6689     if ( !m_created )
6690     {
6691         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6692         return false;
6693     }
6694
6695     if ( m_table )
6696     {
6697         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6698             DisableCellEditControl();
6699
6700         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6701         return done;
6702         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6703         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6704     }
6705
6706     return false;
6707 }
6708
6709 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6710 {
6711     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6712
6713     if ( !m_created )
6714     {
6715         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6716         return false;
6717     }
6718
6719     if ( m_table )
6720     {
6721         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6722         return done;
6723         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6724         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6725     }
6726
6727     return false;
6728 }
6729
6730 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6731 {
6732     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6733
6734     if ( !m_created )
6735     {
6736         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6737         return false;
6738     }
6739
6740     if ( m_table )
6741     {
6742         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6743             DisableCellEditControl();
6744
6745         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6746         return done;
6747         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6748         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6749     }
6750
6751     return false;
6752 }
6753
6754 //
6755 // ----- event handlers
6756 //
6757
6758 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6759 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6760 //
6761 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6762                         int row, int col,
6763                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6764 {
6765    bool claimed, vetoed;
6766
6767    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6768    {
6769        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6770
6771        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6772                type,
6773                this,
6774                rowOrCol,
6775                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6776                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6777                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6778                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6779                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6780                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6781
6782        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6783        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6784    }
6785    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6786    {
6787        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6788        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6789                type,
6790                this,
6791                m_selectingTopLeft,
6792                m_selectingBottomRight,
6793                true,
6794                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6795                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6796                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6797                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6798
6799        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6800        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6801    }
6802    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6803              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6804              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6805              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6806    {
6807        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6808
6809        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6810            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6811        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6812            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6813
6814        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6815                type,
6816                this,
6817                row, col,
6818                pos.x,
6819                pos.y,
6820                false,
6821                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6822                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6823                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6824                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6825        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6826        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6827    }
6828    else
6829    {
6830        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6831                type,
6832                this,
6833                row, col,
6834                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6835                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6836                false,
6837                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6838                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6839                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6840                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6841        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6842        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6843    }
6844
6845    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6846    if (vetoed)
6847        return -1;
6848
6849    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6850 }
6851
6852 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6853 // of ProcessEvent().
6854 //
6855 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6856                         int row, int col )
6857 {
6858    bool claimed, vetoed;
6859
6860     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6861     {
6862         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6863
6864         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6865
6866         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6867         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6868     }
6869     else
6870     {
6871         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6872
6873         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6874         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6875      }
6876
6877     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6878     if (vetoed)
6879         return -1;
6880
6881     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6882 }
6883
6884 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6885 {
6886     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6887     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6888 }
6889
6890 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6891 {
6892     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6893     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6894     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6895     {
6896         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6897         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6898
6899         if (rect)
6900         {
6901             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6902             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6903             int x, y;
6904
6905             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6906             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6907             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6908             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6909             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6910
6911             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6912             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6913                 width_label = rectWidth;
6914
6915             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6916             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6917                 height_label = rectHeight;
6918
6919             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6920             {
6921                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6922                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6923             }
6924             else
6925             {
6926                 x = 0;
6927                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6928             }
6929
6930             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6931             {
6932                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6933                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6934             }
6935             else
6936             {
6937                 y = 0;
6938                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6939             }
6940
6941             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6942             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6943             {
6944                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6945                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6946             }
6947
6948             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6949             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6950             {
6951                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6952                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6953             }
6954
6955             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6956             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6957             {
6958                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6959                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6960             }
6961
6962             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6963             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6964             {
6965                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6966                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6967             }
6968         }
6969         else
6970         {
6971             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6972             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6973             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6974             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6975         }
6976     }
6977 }
6978
6979 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6980 {
6981     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6982     {
6983         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6984         CalcDimensions();
6985     }
6986 }
6987
6988 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6989 {
6990     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6991     {
6992         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6993         //
6994         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6995     }
6996
6997     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6998
6999     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
7000     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
7001     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
7002     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
7003
7004     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
7005     {
7006         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7007         {
7008             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
7009                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
7010             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
7011                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
7012         }
7013
7014         // try local handlers
7015         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
7016         {
7017             case WXK_UP:
7018                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7019                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7020                 else
7021                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7022                 break;
7023
7024             case WXK_DOWN:
7025                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7026                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7027                 else
7028                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7029                 break;
7030
7031             case WXK_LEFT:
7032                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7033                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7034                 else
7035                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7036                 break;
7037
7038             case WXK_RIGHT:
7039                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7040                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7041                 else
7042                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7043                 break;
7044
7045             case WXK_RETURN:
7046             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7047                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7048                 {
7049                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7050                 }
7051                 else
7052                 {
7053                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7054                     {
7055                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7056                     }
7057                     else
7058                     {
7059                         // at the bottom of a column
7060                         DisableCellEditControl();
7061                     }
7062                 }
7063                 break;
7064
7065             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7066                 ClearSelection();
7067                 break;
7068
7069             case WXK_TAB:
7070                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7071                 {
7072                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7073                     {
7074                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7075                     }
7076                     else
7077                     {
7078                         // at left of grid
7079                         DisableCellEditControl();
7080                     }
7081                 }
7082                 else
7083                 {
7084                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7085                     {
7086                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7087                     }
7088                     else
7089                     {
7090                         // at right of grid
7091                         DisableCellEditControl();
7092                     }
7093                 }
7094                 break;
7095
7096             case WXK_HOME:
7097                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7098                 {
7099                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7100                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7101                 }
7102                 else
7103                 {
7104                     event.Skip();
7105                 }
7106                 break;
7107
7108             case WXK_END:
7109                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7110                 {
7111                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7112                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7113                 }
7114                 else
7115                 {
7116                     event.Skip();
7117                 }
7118                 break;
7119
7120             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7121                 MovePageUp();
7122                 break;
7123
7124             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7125                 MovePageDown();
7126                 break;
7127
7128             case WXK_SPACE:
7129                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7130                 {
7131                     if ( m_selection )
7132                     {
7133                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7134                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7135                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7136                             event.ControlDown(),
7137                             event.ShiftDown(),
7138                             event.AltDown(),
7139                             event.MetaDown() );
7140                     }
7141                     break;
7142                 }
7143
7144                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7145                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7146                 else
7147                     event.Skip();
7148                 break;
7149
7150             default:
7151                 event.Skip();
7152                 break;
7153         }
7154     }
7155
7156     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7157 }
7158
7159 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7160 {
7161     // try local handlers
7162     //
7163     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7164     {
7165         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7166              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7167         {
7168             if ( m_selection )
7169             {
7170                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7171                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7172                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7173                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7174                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7175                     event.ControlDown(),
7176                     true,
7177                     event.AltDown(),
7178                     event.MetaDown() );
7179             }
7180         }
7181
7182         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7183         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7184         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7185     }
7186 }
7187
7188 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7189 {
7190     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7191     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7192     {
7193         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7194         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7195         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7196         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7197         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7198
7199         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7200         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7201         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7202              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7203         {
7204             // ensure cell is visble
7205             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7206             EnableCellEditControl();
7207
7208             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7209             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7210             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7211             // crash the app
7212             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7213                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7214         }
7215         else
7216         {
7217             event.Skip();
7218         }
7219
7220         editor->DecRef();
7221         attr->DecRef();
7222     }
7223     else
7224     {
7225         event.Skip();
7226     }
7227 }
7228
7229 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7230 {
7231 }
7232
7233 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7234 {
7235     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7236     {
7237         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7238         return;
7239     }
7240
7241 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7242     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7243     PrepareDC( dc );
7244 #endif
7245
7246     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7247     {
7248         DisableCellEditControl();
7249
7250         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7251         {
7252             wxRect r;
7253             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7254             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7255             {
7256                 r.x--;
7257                 r.y--;
7258                 r.width++;
7259                 r.height++;
7260             }
7261
7262             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7263
7264             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7265             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7266
7267 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7268             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7269 #else
7270             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7271             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7272 #endif
7273         }
7274     }
7275
7276     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7277
7278     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7279 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7280     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7281 #endif
7282     attr->DecRef();
7283 }
7284
7285 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7286 {
7287     int temp;
7288     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7289
7290     if ( m_selection )
7291     {
7292         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7293         {
7294             leftCol = 0;
7295             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7296         }
7297         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7298         {
7299             topRow = 0;
7300             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7301         }
7302     }
7303
7304     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7305     {
7306         temp = topRow;
7307         topRow = bottomRow;
7308         bottomRow = temp;
7309     }
7310
7311     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7312     {
7313         temp = leftCol;
7314         leftCol = rightCol;
7315         rightCol = temp;
7316     }
7317
7318     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7319     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7320
7321     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7322     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7323          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7324     {
7325         wxRect rect;
7326         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7327                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7328         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7329     }
7330
7331     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7332     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7333               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7334     {
7335         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7336         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7337         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7338         wxRect  rect[4];
7339         bool    need_refresh[4];
7340         need_refresh[0] =
7341         need_refresh[1] =
7342         need_refresh[2] =
7343         need_refresh[3] = false;
7344         int     i;
7345
7346         // Store intermediate values
7347         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7348         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7349         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7350         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7351
7352         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7353         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7354         {
7355             temp = oldLeft;
7356             oldLeft = leftCol;
7357             leftCol = temp;
7358         }
7359         if (oldTop > topRow )
7360         {
7361             temp = oldTop;
7362             oldTop = topRow;
7363             topRow = temp;
7364         }
7365         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7366         {
7367             temp = oldRight;
7368             oldRight = rightCol;
7369             rightCol = temp;
7370         }
7371         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7372         {
7373             temp = oldBottom;
7374             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7375             bottomRow = temp;
7376         }
7377
7378         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7379         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7380         // is contained in the other.
7381
7382         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7383         {
7384             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7385             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7386             need_refresh[0] = true;
7387             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7388                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7389                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7390         }
7391
7392         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7393         {
7394             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7395             // area above the old or new selection.
7396             need_refresh[1] = true;
7397             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7398                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7399                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7400         }
7401
7402         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7403         {
7404             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7405             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7406             need_refresh[2] = true;
7407             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7408                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7409                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7410         }
7411
7412         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7413         {
7414             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7415             // area below the old or new selection.
7416             need_refresh[3] = true;
7417             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7418                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7419                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7420         }
7421
7422         // various Refresh() calls
7423         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7424             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7425                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7426     }
7427
7428     // change selection
7429     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7430     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7431 }
7432
7433 //
7434 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7435 //
7436
7437 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7438 {
7439     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7440     HideCellEditControl();
7441
7442     if ( m_table )
7443     {
7444         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7445         //
7446         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7447         return true;
7448     }
7449
7450     return false;
7451 }
7452
7453 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7454 {
7455     int row, col;
7456
7457     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7458     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7459     // I think so ...
7460     DisableCellEditControl();
7461
7462     if ( m_table )
7463     {
7464         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7465         {
7466             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7467             {
7468                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7469             }
7470         }
7471
7472         return true;
7473     }
7474
7475     return false;
7476 }
7477
7478 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7479 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7480 // CalcExposedCells)
7481 //
7482 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7483 {
7484     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7485         return;
7486
7487     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7488     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7489     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7490
7491     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7492     {
7493         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7494         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7495         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7496
7497         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7498         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7499         {
7500             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7501             bool marked = false;
7502             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7503             {
7504                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7505                 {
7506                     marked = true;
7507                     break;
7508                 }
7509             }
7510
7511             if (!marked)
7512             {
7513                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7514                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7515                 {
7516                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7517                     {
7518                         marked = true;
7519                         break;
7520                     }
7521                 }
7522
7523                 if (!marked)
7524                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7525             }
7526
7527             // don't bother drawing this cell
7528             continue;
7529         }
7530
7531         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7532         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7533         {
7534             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7535             {
7536                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7537                 int left = col;
7538                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7539                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7540                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7541                     {
7542                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7543                     }
7544
7545                 if (left == col)
7546                     left = 0; // oh well
7547
7548                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7549                 {
7550                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7551                     {
7552                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7553                         {
7554                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7555                             bool marked = false;
7556
7557                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7558                             {
7559                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7560                                 {
7561                                     marked = true;
7562                                     break;
7563                                 }
7564                             }
7565
7566                             if (!marked)
7567                             {
7568                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7569                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7570                                 {
7571                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7572                                     {
7573                                         marked = true;
7574                                         break;
7575                                     }
7576                                 }
7577                                 if (!marked)
7578                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7579                             }
7580                         }
7581                         break;
7582                     }
7583                 }
7584             }
7585         }
7586
7587         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7588     }
7589
7590     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7591
7592     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7593     {
7594         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7595     }
7596 }
7597
7598 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7599 {
7600   int cw, ch;
7601   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7602
7603   int right, bottom;
7604   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7605
7606   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7607   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7608
7609   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7610   {
7611       int left, top;
7612       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7613
7614       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7615       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7616
7617       if ( right > rightCol )
7618       {
7619           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7620       }
7621
7622       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7623       {
7624           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7625       }
7626   }
7627 }
7628
7629 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7630 {
7631     int row = coords.GetRow();
7632     int col = coords.GetCol();
7633
7634     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7635         return;
7636
7637     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7638 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7639     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7640         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7641 #endif
7642
7643     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7644
7645     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7646
7647     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7648
7649     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7650     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7651     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7652     {
7653         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7654         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7655         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7656         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7657 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7658         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7659         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7660         editor->DecRef();
7661 #endif
7662     }
7663     else
7664     {
7665         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7666         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7667         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7668         renderer->DecRef();
7669     }
7670
7671     attr->DecRef();
7672 }
7673
7674 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7675 {
7676     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7677     if ( !HasFocus() )
7678         return;
7679
7680     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7681     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7682
7683     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7684         return;
7685
7686     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7687
7688     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7689     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7690     // it doesn't look really good
7691
7692     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7693
7694     if (penWidth > 0)
7695     {
7696         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7697         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7698         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7699         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7700         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7701         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7702         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7703         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7704         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7705
7706         // Now draw the rectangle
7707         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7708         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7709         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7710         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7711         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7712     }
7713
7714 #if 0
7715         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7716
7717         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7718         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7719                 y1 = rect.y,
7720                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7721                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7722
7723         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7724         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7725         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7726
7727         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7728         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7729
7730         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7731         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7732         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7733 #endif
7734 }
7735
7736 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7737 {
7738     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7739 }
7740
7741 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7742 {
7743     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7744 }
7745
7746 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7747 {
7748     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7749 }
7750
7751 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7752 {
7753     int row = coords.GetRow();
7754     int col = coords.GetCol();
7755     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7756         return;
7757
7758
7759     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7760
7761     // right hand border
7762     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7763     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7764                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7765
7766     // bottom border
7767     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7768     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7769                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7770 }
7771
7772 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7773 {
7774     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7775     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7776     //
7777     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7778          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7779     {
7780         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7781     }
7782
7783     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7784     {
7785         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7786         return;
7787     }
7788
7789     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7790     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7791     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7792     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7793     {
7794         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7795         {
7796             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7797             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7798             attr->DecRef();
7799
7800             break;
7801         }
7802     }
7803 }
7804
7805 // TODO: remove this ???
7806 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7807 // has been changed
7808 //
7809 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7810 {
7811 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7812     return;
7813 #endif
7814
7815     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7816          return;
7817
7818     int top, bottom, left, right;
7819
7820 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7821     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7822     {
7823       int cw, ch;
7824       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7825
7826       // virtual coords of visible area
7827       //
7828       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7829       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7830     }
7831     else
7832     {
7833       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7834       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7835       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7836       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7837     }
7838 #else
7839       int cw, ch;
7840       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7841       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7842       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7843 #endif
7844
7845     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7846     //
7847     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7848     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7849
7850     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7851     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7852     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7853     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7854     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7855
7856     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7857
7858     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7859     wxRect rect;
7860
7861     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7862     {
7863         int colPos;
7864         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7865         {
7866             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7867
7868             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7869             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7870             {
7871                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7872                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7873                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7874             }
7875             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7876             {
7877                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7878                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7879                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7880             }
7881         }
7882     }
7883
7884     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7885
7886
7887     // horizontal grid lines
7888     //
7889     // already declared above - int i;
7890     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7891     {
7892         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7893
7894         if ( bot > bottom )
7895         {
7896             break;
7897         }
7898
7899         if ( bot >= top )
7900         {
7901             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7902             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7903         }
7904     }
7905
7906     // vertical grid lines
7907     //
7908     int colPos;
7909     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7910     {
7911         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7912
7913         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7914 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7915         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7916 #endif
7917             colRight--;
7918
7919         if ( colRight > right )
7920         {
7921             break;
7922         }
7923
7924         if ( colRight >= left )
7925         {
7926             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7927             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7928         }
7929     }
7930
7931     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7932 }
7933
7934 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7935 {
7936     if ( !m_numRows )
7937         return;
7938
7939     size_t i;
7940     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7941
7942     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7943     {
7944         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7945     }
7946 }
7947
7948 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7949 {
7950     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7951         return;
7952
7953     wxRect rect;
7954
7955     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7956         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7957
7958     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7959     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7960     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7961     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7962
7963     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7964     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7965     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7966
7967     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7968     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7969     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7970
7971     int hAlign, vAlign;
7972     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7973
7974     rect.SetX( 2 );
7975     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7976     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7977     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7978     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7979 }
7980
7981 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7982 {
7983     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7984     if (native)
7985     {
7986         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7987         SetColLabelSize( height );
7988     }
7989
7990     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7991 }
7992
7993 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7994 {
7995     if ( !m_numCols )
7996         return;
7997
7998     size_t i;
7999     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
8000
8001     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
8002     {
8003         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
8004     }
8005 }
8006
8007 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
8008 {
8009     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
8010         return;
8011
8012     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
8013
8014     wxRect rect;
8015
8016     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
8017     {
8018         rect.SetX( colLeft);
8019         rect.SetY( 0 );
8020         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
8021         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
8022
8023         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
8024         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
8025     }
8026     else
8027     {
8028         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8029
8030         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
8031         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8032         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
8033         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8034                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8035
8036         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8037         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8038         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8039     }
8040
8041     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8042     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8043     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8044
8045     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8046     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8047     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8048
8049     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8050     rect.SetY( 2 );
8051     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8052     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8053     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8054 }
8055
8056 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8057                                 const wxString& value,
8058                                 const wxRect& rect,
8059                                 int horizAlign,
8060                                 int vertAlign,
8061                                 int textOrientation )
8062 {
8063     wxArrayString lines;
8064
8065     StringToLines( value, lines );
8066
8067     // Forward to new API.
8068     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8069         lines,
8070         rect,
8071         horizAlign,
8072         vertAlign,
8073         textOrientation );
8074 }
8075
8076 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8077 //     add textOrientation support
8078 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8079                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8080                                const wxRect& rect,
8081                                int horizAlign,
8082                                int vertAlign,
8083                                int textOrientation)
8084 {
8085     if ( lines.empty() )
8086         return;
8087
8088     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8089
8090     long textWidth,
8091          textHeight;
8092
8093     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8094         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8095     else
8096         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8097
8098     int x = 0,
8099         y = 0;
8100     switch ( vertAlign )
8101     {
8102         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8103             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8104                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8105             else
8106                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8107             break;
8108
8109         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8110             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8111                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8112             else
8113                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8114             break;
8115
8116         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8117         default:
8118             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8119                 y = rect.y + 1;
8120             else
8121                 x = rect.x + 1;
8122             break;
8123     }
8124
8125     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8126     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8127     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8128     {
8129         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8130
8131         if ( line.empty() )
8132         {
8133             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8134             continue;
8135         }
8136
8137         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8138              lineHeight = 0;
8139         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8140
8141         switch ( horizAlign )
8142         {
8143             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8144                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8145                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8146                 else
8147                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8148                 break;
8149
8150             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8151                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8152                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8153                 else
8154                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8155                 break;
8156
8157             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8158             default:
8159                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8160                     x = rect.x + 1;
8161                 else
8162                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8163                 break;
8164         }
8165
8166         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8167         {
8168             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8169             y += lineHeight;
8170         }
8171         else
8172         {
8173             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8174             x += lineHeight;
8175         }
8176     }
8177 }
8178
8179 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8180 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8181 //
8182 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8183 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8184 {
8185     int startPos = 0;
8186     int pos;
8187     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8188     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8189
8190     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8191     {
8192         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8193         if ( pos < 0 )
8194         {
8195             break;
8196         }
8197         else if ( pos == 0 )
8198         {
8199             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8200         }
8201         else
8202         {
8203             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8204         }
8205
8206         startPos += pos + 1;
8207     }
8208
8209     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8210     {
8211         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8212     }
8213 }
8214
8215 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8216                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8217                              long *width, long *height ) const
8218 {
8219     wxCoord w = 0;
8220     wxCoord h = 0;
8221     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8222
8223     size_t i;
8224     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8225     {
8226         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8227         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8228         h += lineH;
8229     }
8230
8231     *width = w;
8232     *height = h;
8233 }
8234
8235 //
8236 // ------ Batch processing.
8237 //
8238 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8239 {
8240     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8241     {
8242         m_batchCount--;
8243         if ( !m_batchCount )
8244         {
8245             CalcDimensions();
8246             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8247             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8248             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8249             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8250         }
8251     }
8252 }
8253
8254 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8255 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8256 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8257 //
8258 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8259 {
8260     BeginBatch();
8261     EndBatch();
8262 }
8263
8264 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8265 {
8266     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8267         return false;
8268
8269     // redraw in the new state
8270     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8271
8272     return true;
8273 }
8274
8275 //
8276 // ------ Edit control functions
8277 //
8278
8279 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8280 {
8281     // TODO: improve this ?
8282     //
8283     if ( edit != m_editable )
8284     {
8285         if (!edit)
8286             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8287         m_editable = edit;
8288     }
8289 }
8290
8291 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8292 {
8293     if (! m_editable)
8294         return;
8295
8296     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8297     {
8298         if ( enable )
8299         {
8300             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8301                 return;
8302
8303             // this should be checked by the caller!
8304             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8305
8306             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8307             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8308
8309             ShowCellEditControl();
8310         }
8311         else
8312         {
8313             //FIXME:add veto support
8314             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8315
8316             HideCellEditControl();
8317             SaveEditControlValue();
8318
8319             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8320             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8321         }
8322     }
8323 }
8324
8325 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8326 {
8327     // const_cast
8328     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8329     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8330     attr->DecRef();
8331
8332     return readonly;
8333 }
8334
8335 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8336 {
8337     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8338         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8339 }
8340
8341 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8342 {
8343     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8344     // current one if it's read only
8345     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8346 }
8347
8348 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8349 {
8350     bool isShown = false;
8351
8352     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8353     {
8354         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8355         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8356         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8357         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8358         attr->DecRef();
8359
8360         if ( editor )
8361         {
8362             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8363             {
8364                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8365             }
8366
8367             editor->DecRef();
8368         }
8369     }
8370
8371     return isShown;
8372 }
8373
8374 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8375 {
8376     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8377     {
8378         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8379         {
8380             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8381             return;
8382         }
8383         else
8384         {
8385             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8386             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8387             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8388
8389             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8390             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8391             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8392             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8393             {
8394                 row += cell_rows;
8395                 col += cell_cols;
8396                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8397                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8398             }
8399
8400             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8401             // might not cover the entire cell
8402             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8403             PrepareDC( dc );
8404             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8405             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8406             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8407             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8408
8409             // convert to scrolled coords
8410             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8411
8412             int nXMove = 0;
8413             if (rect.x < 0)
8414                 nXMove = rect.x;
8415
8416             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8417             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8418             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8419             // "don't change."
8420             if (rect.x > 0)
8421                 rect.x--;
8422             if (rect.y > 0)
8423                 rect.y--;
8424
8425             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8426             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8427             {
8428                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8429                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8430
8431                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8432                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8433                                              this,
8434                                              row,
8435                                              col,
8436                                              editor->GetControl());
8437                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8438             }
8439
8440             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8441             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8442             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8443             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8444             {
8445                 int y;
8446                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8447                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8448                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8449             }
8450
8451             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8452             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8453                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8454
8455             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8456             {
8457                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8458                 // may have changed earlier
8459                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8460                 {
8461                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8462                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8463
8464                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8465                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8466                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8467                     {
8468                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8469                     }
8470                     else
8471                         break;
8472                 }
8473
8474                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8475                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8476             }
8477
8478             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8479             editor->SetSize( rect );
8480             if (nXMove != 0)
8481                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8482                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8483                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8484             editor->Show( true, attr );
8485
8486             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8487             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8488             CalcDimensions();
8489
8490             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8491             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8492
8493             editor->DecRef();
8494             attr->DecRef();
8495         }
8496     }
8497 }
8498
8499 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8500 {
8501     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8502     {
8503         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8504         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8505
8506         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8507         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8508         editor->Show( false );
8509         editor->DecRef();
8510         attr->DecRef();
8511
8512         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8513
8514         // refresh whole row to the right
8515         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8516         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8517         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8518
8519 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8520         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8521         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8522 #endif
8523
8524         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8525     }
8526 }
8527
8528 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8529 {
8530     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8531     {
8532         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8533         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8534
8535         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8536
8537         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8538         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8539         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8540
8541         editor->DecRef();
8542         attr->DecRef();
8543
8544         if (changed)
8545         {
8546             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8547                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8548                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8549             {
8550                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8551                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8552             }
8553         }
8554     }
8555 }
8556
8557 //
8558 // ------ Grid location functions
8559 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8560 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8561 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8562 //
8563
8564 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8565 {
8566     int row = YToRow(y);
8567     int col = XToCol(x);
8568
8569     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8570     {
8571         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8572     }
8573     else
8574     {
8575         coords.Set( row, col );
8576     }
8577 }
8578
8579 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8580 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8581 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8582 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8583
8584 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8585                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8586                            bool clipToMinMax)
8587 {
8588     if (coord < 0)
8589         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8590
8591     if (!defaultDist)
8592         defaultDist = 1;
8593
8594     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8595            i_min = 0;
8596
8597     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8598     {
8599         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8600             return i_max;
8601         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8602     }
8603
8604     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8605     {
8606         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8607     }
8608     else
8609     {
8610         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8611         {
8612             i_min = i_max;
8613             if (minDist)
8614                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8615             else
8616                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8617         }
8618
8619         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8620             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8621     }
8622
8623     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8624         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8625     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8626         return 0;
8627
8628     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8629     {
8630         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8631                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8632         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8633             return i_max;
8634         else
8635             i_max--;
8636         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8637         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8638             i_max = median;
8639         else
8640             i_min = median;
8641     }
8642
8643     return i_max;
8644 }
8645
8646 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8647 {
8648     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8649                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8650 }
8651
8652 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8653 {
8654     if (x < 0)
8655         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8656
8657     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8658
8659     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8660     int minPos = 0;
8661
8662     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8663     {
8664         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8665             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8666         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8667     }
8668
8669     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8670         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8671     else
8672     {
8673         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8674         {
8675             minPos = maxPos;
8676             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8677                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8678             else
8679                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8680         }
8681         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8682             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8683     }
8684
8685     //X is beyond the last column
8686     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8687         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8688
8689     //X is before the first column
8690     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8691         return GetColAt( 0 );
8692
8693     //Perform a binary search
8694     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8695     {
8696         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8697                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8698
8699         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8700             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8701         else
8702             maxPos--;
8703         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8704         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8705             maxPos = median;
8706         else
8707             minPos = median;
8708     }
8709     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8710 }
8711
8712 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8713 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8714 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8715 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8716 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8717 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8718 //        near the edge).
8719 //   and
8720 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8721 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8722 //
8723 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8724 {
8725     int i;
8726     i = internalYToRow(y);
8727
8728     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8729     {
8730         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8731         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8732         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8733             return i;
8734         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8735             return i - 1;
8736     }
8737
8738     return -1;
8739 }
8740
8741 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8742 // -1 if not near an edge
8743 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8744 //
8745 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8746 {
8747     int i;
8748     i = internalXToCol(x);
8749
8750     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8751     {
8752         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8753         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8754         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8755             return i;
8756         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8757             return i - 1;
8758     }
8759
8760     return -1;
8761 }
8762
8763 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8764 {
8765     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8766
8767     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8768          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8769     {
8770         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8771         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8772         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8773         // if negative then find multicell owner
8774         if (cell_rows < 0)
8775             row += cell_rows;
8776         if (cell_cols < 0)
8777              col += cell_cols;
8778         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8779
8780         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8781         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8782         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8783             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8784         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8785             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8786     }
8787
8788     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8789     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8790     {
8791         rect.width -= 1;
8792         rect.height -= 1;
8793     }
8794
8795     return rect;
8796 }
8797
8798 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8799 {
8800     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8801     //
8802     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8803
8804     // convert to device coords
8805     //
8806     int left, top, right, bottom;
8807     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8808     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8809
8810     // check against the client area of the grid window
8811     int cw, ch;
8812     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8813
8814     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8815     {
8816         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8817         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8818                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8819     }
8820     else
8821     {
8822         // is the cell partly visible ?
8823         //
8824         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8825                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8826     }
8827 }
8828
8829 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8830 // of scrolling
8831 //
8832 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8833 {
8834     int i;
8835     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8836
8837     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8838          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8839     {
8840         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8841         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8842
8843         // convert to device coords
8844         int left, top, right, bottom;
8845         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8846         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8847
8848         int cw, ch;
8849         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8850
8851         if ( top < 0 )
8852         {
8853             ypos = r.GetTop();
8854         }
8855         else if ( bottom > ch )
8856         {
8857             int h = r.GetHeight();
8858             ypos = r.GetTop();
8859             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8860             {
8861                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8862                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8863                     break;
8864
8865                 h += rowHeight;
8866                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8867             }
8868
8869             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8870             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8871             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8872             //
8873             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8874             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8875             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8876         }
8877
8878         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8879         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8880         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8881 //      if ( left < 0 )
8882         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8883         {
8884             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8885         }
8886         else if ( right > cw )
8887         {
8888             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8889             int x0, y0;
8890             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8891             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8892
8893             // see comment for ypos above
8894             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8895         }
8896
8897         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8898         {
8899             if ( xpos != -1 )
8900                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8901             if ( ypos != -1 )
8902                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8903             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8904             AdjustScrollbars();
8905         }
8906     }
8907 }
8908
8909 //
8910 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8911 //
8912
8913 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8914 {
8915     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8916          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8917     {
8918         if ( expandSelection )
8919         {
8920             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8921                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8922             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8923             {
8924                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8925                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8926                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8927                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8928             }
8929         }
8930         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8931         {
8932             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8933             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8934             ClearSelection();
8935             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8936             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8937         }
8938         else
8939             return false;
8940
8941         return true;
8942     }
8943
8944     return false;
8945 }
8946
8947 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8948 {
8949     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8950          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8951     {
8952         if ( expandSelection )
8953         {
8954             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8955                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8956             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8957             {
8958                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8959                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8960                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8961                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8962             }
8963         }
8964         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8965         {
8966             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8967             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8968             ClearSelection();
8969             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8970             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8971         }
8972         else
8973             return false;
8974
8975         return true;
8976     }
8977
8978     return false;
8979 }
8980
8981 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8982 {
8983     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8984          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8985     {
8986         if ( expandSelection )
8987         {
8988             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8989                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8990             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8991             {
8992                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8993                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8994                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8995                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8996             }
8997         }
8998         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8999         {
9000             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9001             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
9002             ClearSelection();
9003
9004             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9005             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9006         }
9007         else
9008             return false;
9009
9010         return true;
9011     }
9012
9013     return false;
9014 }
9015
9016 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
9017 {
9018     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9019          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
9020     {
9021         if ( expandSelection )
9022         {
9023             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9024                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9025             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9026             {
9027                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
9028                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9029                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9030                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9031             }
9032         }
9033         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
9034         {
9035             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9036             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
9037             ClearSelection();
9038
9039             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9040             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9041         }
9042         else
9043             return false;
9044
9045         return true;
9046     }
9047
9048     return false;
9049 }
9050
9051 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9052 {
9053     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9054         return false;
9055
9056     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9057     if ( row > 0 )
9058     {
9059         int cw, ch;
9060         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9061
9062         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9063         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9064
9065         if ( newRow == row )
9066         {
9067             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9068             newRow = row - 1;
9069         }
9070
9071         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9072         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9073
9074         return true;
9075     }
9076
9077     return false;
9078 }
9079
9080 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9081 {
9082     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9083         return false;
9084
9085     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9086     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9087     {
9088         int cw, ch;
9089         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9090
9091         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9092         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9093         if ( newRow == row )
9094         {
9095             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9096             newRow = row + 1;
9097         }
9098
9099         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9100         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9101
9102         return true;
9103     }
9104
9105     return false;
9106 }
9107
9108 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9109 {
9110     if ( m_table &&
9111          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9112          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9113     {
9114         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9115         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9116
9117         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9118         {
9119             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9120             // non-empty cells
9121             //
9122             while ( row > 0 )
9123             {
9124                 row--;
9125                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9126                     break;
9127             }
9128         }
9129         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9130         {
9131             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9132             //
9133             row--;
9134             while ( row > 0 )
9135             {
9136                 row--;
9137                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9138                     break;
9139             }
9140         }
9141         else
9142         {
9143             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9144             //
9145             while ( row > 0 )
9146             {
9147                 row--;
9148                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9149                 {
9150                     row++;
9151                     break;
9152                 }
9153             }
9154         }
9155
9156         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9157         if ( expandSelection )
9158         {
9159             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9160             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9161         }
9162         else
9163         {
9164             ClearSelection();
9165             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9166         }
9167
9168         return true;
9169     }
9170
9171     return false;
9172 }
9173
9174 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9175 {
9176     if ( m_table &&
9177          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9178          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9179     {
9180         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9181         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9182
9183         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9184         {
9185             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9186             // non-empty cells
9187             //
9188             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9189             {
9190                 row++;
9191                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9192                     break;
9193             }
9194         }
9195         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9196         {
9197             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9198             //
9199             row++;
9200             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9201             {
9202                 row++;
9203                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9204                     break;
9205             }
9206         }
9207         else
9208         {
9209             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9210             //
9211             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9212             {
9213                 row++;
9214                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9215                 {
9216                     row--;
9217                     break;
9218                 }
9219             }
9220         }
9221
9222         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9223         if ( expandSelection )
9224         {
9225             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9226             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9227         }
9228         else
9229         {
9230             ClearSelection();
9231             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9232         }
9233
9234         return true;
9235     }
9236
9237     return false;
9238 }
9239
9240 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9241 {
9242     if ( m_table &&
9243          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9244          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9245     {
9246         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9247         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9248
9249         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9250         {
9251             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9252             // non-empty cells
9253             //
9254             while ( col > 0 )
9255             {
9256                 col--;
9257                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9258                     break;
9259             }
9260         }
9261         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9262         {
9263             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9264             //
9265             col--;
9266             while ( col > 0 )
9267             {
9268                 col--;
9269                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9270                     break;
9271             }
9272         }
9273         else
9274         {
9275             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9276             //
9277             while ( col > 0 )
9278             {
9279                 col--;
9280                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9281                 {
9282                     col++;
9283                     break;
9284                 }
9285             }
9286         }
9287
9288         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9289         if ( expandSelection )
9290         {
9291             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9292             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9293         }
9294         else
9295         {
9296             ClearSelection();
9297             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9298         }
9299
9300         return true;
9301     }
9302
9303     return false;
9304 }
9305
9306 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9307 {
9308     if ( m_table &&
9309          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9310          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9311     {
9312         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9313         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9314
9315         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9316         {
9317             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9318             // non-empty cells
9319             //
9320             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9321             {
9322                 col++;
9323                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9324                     break;
9325             }
9326         }
9327         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9328         {
9329             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9330             //
9331             col++;
9332             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9333             {
9334                 col++;
9335                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9336                     break;
9337             }
9338         }
9339         else
9340         {
9341             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9342             //
9343             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9344             {
9345                 col++;
9346                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9347                 {
9348                     col--;
9349                     break;
9350                 }
9351             }
9352         }
9353
9354         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9355         if ( expandSelection )
9356         {
9357             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9358             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9359         }
9360         else
9361         {
9362             ClearSelection();
9363             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9364         }
9365
9366         return true;
9367     }
9368
9369     return false;
9370 }
9371
9372 //
9373 // ------ Label values and formatting
9374 //
9375
9376 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9377 {
9378     if ( horiz )
9379         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9380     if ( vert )
9381         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9382 }
9383
9384 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9385 {
9386     if ( horiz )
9387         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9388     if ( vert )
9389         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9390 }
9391
9392 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9393 {
9394     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9395 }
9396
9397 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9398 {
9399     if ( m_table )
9400     {
9401         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9402     }
9403     else
9404     {
9405         wxString s;
9406         s << row;
9407         return s;
9408     }
9409 }
9410
9411 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9412 {
9413     if ( m_table )
9414     {
9415         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9416     }
9417     else
9418     {
9419         wxString s;
9420         s << col;
9421         return s;
9422     }
9423 }
9424
9425 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9426 {
9427     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9428
9429     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9430     {
9431         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9432     }
9433
9434     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9435     {
9436         if ( width == 0 )
9437         {
9438             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9439             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9440         }
9441         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9442         {
9443             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9444             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9445                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9446         }
9447
9448         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9449         CalcWindowSizes();
9450         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9451     }
9452 }
9453
9454 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9455 {
9456     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9457
9458     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9459     {
9460         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9461     }
9462
9463     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9464     {
9465         if ( height == 0 )
9466         {
9467             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9468             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9469         }
9470         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9471         {
9472             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9473             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9474                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9475         }
9476
9477         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9478         CalcWindowSizes();
9479         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9480     }
9481 }
9482
9483 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9484 {
9485     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9486     {
9487         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9488         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9489         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9490         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9491
9492         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9493         {
9494             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9495             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9496             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9497         }
9498     }
9499 }
9500
9501 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9502 {
9503     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9504     {
9505         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9506         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9507         {
9508             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9509             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9510         }
9511     }
9512 }
9513
9514 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9515 {
9516     m_labelFont = font;
9517     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9518     {
9519         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9520         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9521     }
9522 }
9523
9524 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9525 {
9526     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9527     switch ( horiz )
9528     {
9529         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9530         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9531         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9532     }
9533
9534     switch ( vert )
9535     {
9536         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9537         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9538         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9539     }
9540
9541     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9542     {
9543         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9544     }
9545
9546     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9547     {
9548         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9549     }
9550
9551     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9552     {
9553         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9554     }
9555 }
9556
9557 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9558 {
9559     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9560     switch ( horiz )
9561     {
9562         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9563         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9564         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9565     }
9566
9567     switch ( vert )
9568     {
9569         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9570         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9571         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9572     }
9573
9574     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9575     {
9576         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9577     }
9578
9579     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9580     {
9581         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9582     }
9583
9584     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9585     {
9586         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9587     }
9588 }
9589
9590 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9591 //       does not support vertical printing
9592 //
9593 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9594 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9595 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9596 //
9597 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9598 {
9599     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9600         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9601
9602     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9603         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9604 }
9605
9606 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9607 {
9608     if ( m_table )
9609     {
9610         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9611         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9612         {
9613             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9614             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9615             {
9616                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9617                 rect.x = 0;
9618                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9619                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9620             }
9621         }
9622     }
9623 }
9624
9625 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9626 {
9627     if ( m_table )
9628     {
9629         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9630         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9631         {
9632             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9633             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9634             {
9635                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9636                 rect.y = 0;
9637                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9638                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9639             }
9640         }
9641     }
9642 }
9643
9644 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9645 {
9646     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9647     {
9648         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9649
9650         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9651         PrepareDC( dc );
9652         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9653     }
9654 }
9655
9656 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9657 {
9658     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9659     {
9660         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9661
9662         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9663         PrepareDC( dc );
9664         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9665         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9666         attr->DecRef();
9667     }
9668 }
9669
9670 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9671 {
9672     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9673     {
9674         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9675
9676         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9677         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9678         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9679         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9680         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9681             return;
9682
9683         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9684         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9685     }
9686 }
9687
9688 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9689 {
9690     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9691     {
9692         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9693
9694         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9695         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9696         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9697         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9698         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9699                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9700             return;
9701
9702         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9703         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9704     }
9705 }
9706
9707 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9708 {
9709     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9710     {
9711         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9712
9713         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9714         {
9715             if ( enable )
9716             {
9717                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9718                 PrepareDC( dc );
9719                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9720             }
9721             else
9722             {
9723                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9724             }
9725         }
9726     }
9727 }
9728
9729 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9730 {
9731     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9732 }
9733
9734 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9735 {
9736     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9737
9738     return GetRowHeight(row);
9739 }
9740
9741 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9742 {
9743     return m_defaultColWidth;
9744 }
9745
9746 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9747 {
9748     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9749
9750     return GetColWidth(col);
9751 }
9752
9753 // ============================================================================
9754 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9755 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9756 // ============================================================================
9757
9758 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9759 // setting default attributes
9760 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9761
9762 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9763 {
9764     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9765 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9766     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9767 #endif
9768 }
9769
9770 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9771 {
9772     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9773 }
9774
9775 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9776 {
9777     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9778 }
9779
9780 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9781 {
9782     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9783 }
9784
9785 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9786 {
9787     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9788 }
9789
9790 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9791 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9792 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9793 // work correctly.
9794
9795 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9796 {
9797     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9798                      renderer,
9799                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9800 }
9801
9802 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9803 {
9804     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9805                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9806                      editor);
9807 }
9808
9809 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9810 // access to the default attributes
9811 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9812
9813 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9814 {
9815     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9816 }
9817
9818 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9819 {
9820     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9821 }
9822
9823 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9824 {
9825     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9826 }
9827
9828 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9829 {
9830     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9831 }
9832
9833 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9834 {
9835     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9836 }
9837
9838 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9839 {
9840     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9841 }
9842
9843 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9844 {
9845     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9846 }
9847
9848 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9849 // access to cell attributes
9850 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9851
9852 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9853 {
9854     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9855     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9856     attr->DecRef();
9857
9858     return colour;
9859 }
9860
9861 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9862 {
9863     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9864     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9865     attr->DecRef();
9866
9867     return colour;
9868 }
9869
9870 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9871 {
9872     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9873     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9874     attr->DecRef();
9875
9876     return font;
9877 }
9878
9879 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9880 {
9881     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9882     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9883     attr->DecRef();
9884 }
9885
9886 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9887 {
9888     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9889     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9890     attr->DecRef();
9891
9892     return allow;
9893 }
9894
9895 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9896 {
9897     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9898     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9899     attr->DecRef();
9900 }
9901
9902 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9903 {
9904     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9905     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9906     attr->DecRef();
9907
9908     return renderer;
9909 }
9910
9911 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9912 {
9913     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9914     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9915     attr->DecRef();
9916
9917     return editor;
9918 }
9919
9920 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9921 {
9922     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9923     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9924     attr->DecRef();
9925
9926     return isReadOnly;
9927 }
9928
9929 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9930 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9931 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9932
9933 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9934 {
9935     if ( !m_table )
9936     {
9937         return false;
9938     }
9939
9940     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9941 }
9942
9943 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9944 {
9945     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9946     {
9947         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9948         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9949         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9950     }
9951 }
9952
9953 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9954 {
9955     if ( attr != NULL )
9956     {
9957         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9958
9959         self->ClearAttrCache();
9960         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9961         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9962         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9963         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9964     }
9965 }
9966
9967 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9968 {
9969     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9970     {
9971         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9972         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9973
9974 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9975         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9976 #endif
9977
9978         return true;
9979     }
9980     else
9981     {
9982 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9983         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9984 #endif
9985
9986         return false;
9987     }
9988 }
9989
9990 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9991 {
9992     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9993     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9994     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9995     if ( row >= 0 )
9996     {
9997         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9998         {
9999             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
10000                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10001             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
10002         }
10003     }
10004
10005     if (attr)
10006     {
10007         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10008     }
10009     else
10010     {
10011         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
10012         attr->IncRef();
10013     }
10014
10015     return attr;
10016 }
10017
10018 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10019 {
10020     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10021     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10022
10023     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10024     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10025
10026     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10027     if ( !attr )
10028     {
10029         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10030
10031         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10032         attr->IncRef();
10033         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10034     }
10035
10036     return attr;
10037 }
10038
10039 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10040 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10041 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10042
10043 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10044 {
10045     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10046 }
10047
10048 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10049 {
10050     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10051 }
10052
10053 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10054 {
10055     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10056     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10057     {
10058         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10059     }
10060
10061     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10062 }
10063
10064 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10065 {
10066     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10067     if (!attr)
10068         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10069     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10070     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10071     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10072     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10073
10074     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10075
10076 }
10077
10078 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10079 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10080 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10081
10082 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10083 {
10084     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10085     {
10086         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10087         ClearAttrCache();
10088     }
10089     else
10090     {
10091         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10092     }
10093 }
10094
10095 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10096 {
10097     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10098     {
10099         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10100         ClearAttrCache();
10101     }
10102     else
10103     {
10104         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10105     }
10106 }
10107
10108 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10109 {
10110     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10111     {
10112         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10113         ClearAttrCache();
10114     }
10115     else
10116     {
10117         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10118     }
10119 }
10120
10121 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10122 {
10123     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10124     {
10125         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10126         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10127         attr->DecRef();
10128     }
10129 }
10130
10131 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10132 {
10133     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10134     {
10135         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10136         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10137         attr->DecRef();
10138     }
10139 }
10140
10141 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10142 {
10143     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10144     {
10145         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10146         attr->SetFont(font);
10147         attr->DecRef();
10148     }
10149 }
10150
10151 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10152 {
10153     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10154     {
10155         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10156         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10157         attr->DecRef();
10158     }
10159 }
10160
10161 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10162 {
10163     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10164     {
10165         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10166         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10167         attr->DecRef();
10168     }
10169 }
10170
10171 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10172 {
10173     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10174     {
10175         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10176
10177         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10178         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10179         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10180         attr->DecRef();
10181
10182         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10183         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10184         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10185         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10186         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10187                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10188         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10189                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10190
10191         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10192         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10193         {
10194             int i, j;
10195             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10196             {
10197                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10198                 {
10199                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10200                     {
10201                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10202                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10203                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10204                     }
10205                 }
10206             }
10207         }
10208
10209         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10210         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10211         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10212         {
10213             int i, j;
10214             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10215             {
10216                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10217                 {
10218                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10219                     {
10220                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10221                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10222                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10223                     }
10224                 }
10225             }
10226         }
10227     }
10228 }
10229
10230 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10231 {
10232     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10233     {
10234         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10235         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10236         attr->DecRef();
10237     }
10238 }
10239
10240 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10241 {
10242     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10243     {
10244         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10245         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10246         attr->DecRef();
10247     }
10248 }
10249
10250 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10251 {
10252     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10253     {
10254         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10255         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10256         attr->DecRef();
10257     }
10258 }
10259
10260 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10261 // Data type registration
10262 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10263
10264 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10265                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10266                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10267 {
10268     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10269 }
10270
10271
10272 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10273 {
10274     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10275     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10276 }
10277
10278 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10279 {
10280     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10281     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10282 }
10283
10284 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10285 {
10286     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10287     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10288     {
10289         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10290
10291         return NULL;
10292     }
10293
10294     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10295 }
10296
10297 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10298 {
10299     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10300     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10301     {
10302         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10303
10304         return NULL;
10305     }
10306
10307     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10308 }
10309
10310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10311 // row/col size
10312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10313
10314 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10315 {
10316     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10317 }
10318
10319 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10320 {
10321     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10322 }
10323
10324 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10325 {
10326     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10327 }
10328
10329 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10330 {
10331     m_canDragCell = enable;
10332 }
10333
10334 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10335 {
10336     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10337
10338     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10339     {
10340         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10341         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10342         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10343         // some speed optimisations)
10344         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10345         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10346         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10347             CalcDimensions();
10348     }
10349 }
10350
10351 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10352 {
10353     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10354
10355     // See comment in SetColSize
10356     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10357         return;
10358
10359     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10360     {
10361         // need to really create the array
10362         InitRowHeights();
10363     }
10364
10365     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10366     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10367
10368     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10369     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10370     {
10371         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10372     }
10373
10374     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10375         CalcDimensions();
10376 }
10377
10378 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10379 {
10380     // we dont allow zero default column width
10381     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10382
10383     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10384     {
10385         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10386         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10387         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10388         // some speed optimisations)
10389         m_colWidths.Empty();
10390         m_colRights.Empty();
10391         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10392             CalcDimensions();
10393     }
10394 }
10395
10396 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10397 {
10398     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10399
10400     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10401     //                                                                 (VZ)
10402     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10403     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10404     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10405     //
10406     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10407
10408     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10409         return;
10410
10411     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10412     {
10413         // need to really create the array
10414         InitColWidths();
10415     }
10416
10417     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10418     if ( width < 0 )
10419     {
10420         long w, h;
10421         wxArrayString lines;
10422         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10423         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10424         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10425         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10426         width = w + 6;
10427     }
10428
10429     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10430     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10431     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10432
10433     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10434     {
10435         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10436     }
10437
10438     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10439         CalcDimensions();
10440 }
10441
10442 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10443 {
10444     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10445     {
10446         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10447         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10448     }
10449 }
10450
10451 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10452 {
10453     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10454     {
10455         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10456         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10457     }
10458 }
10459
10460 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10461 {
10462     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10463     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10464
10465     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10466 }
10467
10468 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10469 {
10470     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10471     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10472
10473     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10474 }
10475
10476 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10477 {
10478     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10479     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10480     if ( width >= 0 )
10481         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10482 }
10483
10484 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10485 {
10486     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10487     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10488     if ( height >= 0 )
10489         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10490 }
10491
10492 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10493 {
10494     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10495 }
10496
10497 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10498 {
10499     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10500 }
10501
10502 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10503 // auto sizing
10504 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10505
10506 void
10507 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10508 {
10509     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10510
10511     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10512
10513     // cancel editing of cell
10514     HideCellEditControl();
10515     SaveEditControlValue();
10516
10517     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10518     int row = -1,
10519         col = -1;
10520     if ( column )
10521         col = colOrRow;
10522     else
10523         row = colOrRow;
10524
10525     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10526     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10527     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10528     {
10529         if ( column )
10530             row = rowOrCol;
10531         else
10532             col = rowOrCol;
10533
10534         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10535         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10536         if ( renderer )
10537         {
10538             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10539             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10540             if ( extent > extentMax )
10541                 extentMax = extent;
10542
10543             renderer->DecRef();
10544         }
10545
10546         attr->DecRef();
10547     }
10548
10549     // now also compare with the column label extent
10550     wxCoord w, h;
10551     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10552
10553     if ( column )
10554     {
10555         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10556         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10557             w = h;
10558     }
10559     else
10560         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10561
10562     extent = column ? w : h;
10563     if ( extent > extentMax )
10564         extentMax = extent;
10565
10566     if ( !extentMax )
10567     {
10568         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10569         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10570         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10571     }
10572     else
10573     {
10574         if ( column )
10575             // leave some space around text
10576             extentMax += 10;
10577         else
10578             extentMax += 6;
10579     }
10580
10581     if ( column )
10582     {
10583         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10584         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10585         // in SetColSize().
10586         if ( !setAsMin )
10587             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10588
10589         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10590         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10591         {
10592             int cw, ch, dummy;
10593             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10594             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10595             rect.y = 0;
10596             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10597             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10598             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10599             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10600         }
10601     }
10602     else
10603     {
10604         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10605         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10606         // in SetRowSize().
10607         if ( !setAsMin )
10608             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10609
10610         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10611         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10612         {
10613             int cw, ch, dummy;
10614             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10615             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10616             rect.x = 0;
10617             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10618             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10619             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10620             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10621         }
10622     }
10623
10624     if ( setAsMin )
10625     {
10626         if ( column )
10627             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10628         else
10629             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10630     }
10631 }
10632
10633 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10634 {
10635     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10636     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10637
10638     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10639                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10640     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10641
10642     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10643     //
10644     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10645     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10646     const bool
10647         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10648
10649     wxArrayString lines;
10650     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10651
10652     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10653     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10654     {
10655         lines.Clear();
10656
10657         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10658                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10659         StringToLines(label, lines);
10660
10661         long w, h;
10662         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10663
10664         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10665         if ( extent > extentMax )
10666             extentMax = extent;
10667     }
10668
10669     if ( !extentMax )
10670     {
10671         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10672         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10673         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10674                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10675     }
10676
10677     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10678     if ( calcRows )
10679         extentMax += 10;
10680     else
10681         extentMax += 6;
10682
10683     return extentMax;
10684 }
10685
10686 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10687 {
10688     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10689
10690     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10691     if(!calcOnly)
10692         locker.Create(this);
10693
10694     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10695     {
10696         if ( !calcOnly )
10697             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10698
10699         width += GetColWidth(col);
10700     }
10701
10702     return width;
10703 }
10704
10705 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10706 {
10707     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10708
10709     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10710     if(!calcOnly)
10711         locker.Create(this);
10712
10713     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10714     {
10715         if ( !calcOnly )
10716             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10717
10718         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10719     }
10720
10721     return height;
10722 }
10723
10724 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10725 {
10726     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10727
10728     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10729     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10730     // exactly to fit our contents
10731     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10732                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10733     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10734                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10735
10736     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10737     // extra white space
10738     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10739     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10740     {
10741         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10742         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10743         if ( diffPerCol )
10744         {
10745             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10746             {
10747                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10748             }
10749         }
10750
10751         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10752         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10753         if ( diff )
10754         {
10755             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10756             {
10757                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10758             }
10759         }
10760     }
10761
10762     // same for rows
10763     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10764     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10765     {
10766         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10767         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10768         if ( diffPerRow )
10769         {
10770             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10771             {
10772                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10773             }
10774         }
10775
10776         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10777         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10778         if ( diff )
10779         {
10780             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10781             {
10782                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10783             }
10784         }
10785     }
10786
10787     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10788     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10789     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10790     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10791     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10792 }
10793
10794 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10795 {
10796     wxArrayString lines;
10797     long w, h;
10798
10799     // Hide the edit control, so it
10800     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10801     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10802     {
10803         HideCellEditControl();
10804         SaveEditControlValue();
10805     }
10806
10807     // autosize row height depending on label text
10808     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10809     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10810     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10811     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10812         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10813     SetRowSize(row, h);
10814     ForceRefresh();
10815 }
10816
10817 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10818 {
10819     wxArrayString lines;
10820     long w, h;
10821
10822     // Hide the edit control, so it
10823     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10824     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10825     {
10826         HideCellEditControl();
10827         SaveEditControlValue();
10828     }
10829
10830     // autosize column width depending on label text
10831     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10832     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10833     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10834         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10835     else
10836         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10837     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10838         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10839     SetColSize(col, w);
10840     ForceRefresh();
10841 }
10842
10843 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10844 {
10845     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10846
10847     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10848     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10849     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10850                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10851     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10852                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10853
10854     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10855     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10856     // calculation.
10857     // CacheBestSize(size);
10858
10859     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10860             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10861 }
10862
10863 void wxGrid::Fit()
10864 {
10865     AutoSize();
10866 }
10867
10868 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10869 {
10870     return wxNullPen;
10871 }
10872
10873 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10874 // cell value accessor functions
10875 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10876
10877 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10878 {
10879     if ( m_table )
10880     {
10881         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10882         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10883         {
10884             int dummy;
10885             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10886             rect.x = 0;
10887             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10888             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10889             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10890         }
10891
10892         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10893              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10894              IsCellEditControlShown())
10895              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10896              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10897              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10898         {
10899             HideCellEditControl();
10900             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10901         }
10902     }
10903 }
10904
10905 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10906 // block, row and column selection
10907 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10908
10909 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10910 {
10911     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10912         ClearSelection();
10913
10914     if ( m_selection )
10915         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10916 }
10917
10918 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10919 {
10920     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10921         ClearSelection();
10922
10923     if ( m_selection )
10924         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10925 }
10926
10927 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10928                           bool addToSelected )
10929 {
10930     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10931         ClearSelection();
10932
10933     if ( m_selection )
10934         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10935                                   false, addToSelected );
10936 }
10937
10938 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10939 {
10940     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10941     {
10942         if ( m_selection )
10943             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10944     }
10945 }
10946
10947 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10948 // cell, row and col deselection
10949 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10950
10951 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10952 {
10953     if ( !m_selection )
10954         return;
10955
10956     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10957     {
10958         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10959             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10960     }
10961     else
10962     {
10963         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10964         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10965         {
10966             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10967                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10968         }
10969     }
10970 }
10971
10972 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10973 {
10974     if ( !m_selection )
10975         return;
10976
10977     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10978     {
10979         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10980             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10981     }
10982     else
10983     {
10984         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10985         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10986         {
10987             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10988                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10989         }
10990     }
10991 }
10992
10993 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10994 {
10995     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10996         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10997 }
10998
10999 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
11000 {
11001     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
11002              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
11003                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
11004 }
11005
11006 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
11007 {
11008     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
11009              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
11010                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
11011                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
11012                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
11013 }
11014
11015 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
11016 {
11017     if (!m_selection)
11018     {
11019         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11020         return a;
11021     }
11022
11023     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
11024 }
11025
11026 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
11027 {
11028     if (!m_selection)
11029     {
11030         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11031         return a;
11032     }
11033
11034     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
11035 }
11036
11037 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
11038 {
11039     if (!m_selection)
11040     {
11041         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11042         return a;
11043     }
11044
11045     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
11046 }
11047
11048 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11049 {
11050     if (!m_selection)
11051     {
11052         wxArrayInt a;
11053         return a;
11054     }
11055
11056     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11057 }
11058
11059 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11060 {
11061     if (!m_selection)
11062     {
11063         wxArrayInt a;
11064         return a;
11065     }
11066
11067     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11068 }
11069
11070 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11071 {
11072     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_selectingTopLeft, m_selectingBottomRight);
11073     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
11074     m_selectingTopLeft =
11075     m_selectingBottomRight =
11076     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11077     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11078     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11079     if ( m_selection )
11080         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11081 }
11082
11083 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11084 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11085 //
11086 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11087                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11088 {
11089     wxRect resultRect;
11090     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11091     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11092     {
11093         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11094     }
11095     else
11096     {
11097         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11098     }
11099
11100     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11101     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11102     {
11103         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11104     }
11105     else
11106     {
11107         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11108         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11109     }
11110
11111     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11112     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11113     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11114     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11115     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11116
11117     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11118     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11119     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11120     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11121
11122     if (left > right)
11123     {
11124         int tmp = left;
11125         left = right;
11126         right = tmp;
11127
11128         tmp = leftCol;
11129         leftCol = rightCol;
11130         rightCol = tmp;
11131     }
11132
11133     if (top > bottom)
11134     {
11135         int tmp = top;
11136         top = bottom;
11137         bottom = tmp;
11138
11139         tmp = topRow;
11140         topRow = bottomRow;
11141         bottomRow = tmp;
11142     }
11143
11144     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11145     int cw, ch;
11146     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11147
11148     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11149     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11150     int gridOriginX = 0;
11151     int gridOriginY = 0;
11152     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11153
11154     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11155     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11156
11157     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11158     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11159
11160     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11161     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11162     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11163     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11164     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11165     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11166     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11167     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11168
11169     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11170     {
11171         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11172         {
11173             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11174                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11175             {
11176                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11177
11178                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11179                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11180                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11181                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11182                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11183                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11184                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11185                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11186             }
11187             else
11188             {
11189                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11190             }
11191         }
11192     }
11193
11194     // Convert to scrolled coords
11195     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11196     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11197
11198     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11199         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11200
11201     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11202     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11203     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11204     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11205
11206     return resultRect;
11207 }
11208
11209 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11210 // drop target
11211 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11212
11213 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11214
11215 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11216 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11217 {
11218     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11219 }
11220
11221 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11222
11223 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11224 // grid event classes
11225 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11226
11227 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11228
11229 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11230                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11231                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11232         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11233 {
11234     m_row = row;
11235     m_col = col;
11236     m_x = x;
11237     m_y = y;
11238     m_selecting = sel;
11239     m_control = control;
11240     m_shift = shift;
11241     m_alt = alt;
11242     m_meta = meta;
11243
11244     SetEventObject(obj);
11245 }
11246
11247
11248 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11249
11250 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11251                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11252                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11253         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11254 {
11255     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11256     m_x = x;
11257     m_y = y;
11258     m_control = control;
11259     m_shift = shift;
11260     m_alt = alt;
11261     m_meta = meta;
11262
11263     SetEventObject(obj);
11264 }
11265
11266
11267 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11268
11269 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11270                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11271                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11272                                                bool sel, bool control,
11273                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11274         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11275 {
11276     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11277     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11278     m_selecting = sel;
11279     m_control = control;
11280     m_shift = shift;
11281     m_alt = alt;
11282     m_meta = meta;
11283
11284     SetEventObject(obj);
11285 }
11286
11287
11288 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11289
11290 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11291                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11292                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11293     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11294 {
11295     SetEventObject(obj);
11296     m_row = row;
11297     m_col = col;
11298     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11299 }
11300
11301 #endif // wxUSE_GRID